Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / QAD Inc.

QAD Inc.

qada · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker qada
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · QAD Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2018 

ANNUAL REPORT

Amounts in thousands, except per share data 

2 0 1 8    

2 0 1 7 

2 0 1 6 

F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S :

Total Revenue 

Net (Loss) Income                                                                  

$305,018 

     (9,065) 

$277,973 

 (15,450) 

$277,852

8,912

Diluted Net (Loss) Income Per Share                                                       

F I S C A L   Y E A R S   E N D E D   J A N U A R Y   3 1 

Class A 

Class B 

Cash and Equivalents 

Total Debt 

Cash Flow From Operations 

(0.49) 

(0.41) 

147,023 

13,779 

10,418 

(0.84) 

(0.70) 

145,082 

14,213 

18,680 

27%
Services

8%
Licenses

REVENUE BY
CATEGORY

23%
Subscriptions

29%
EMEA

42%
Maintenance 
& Other

37%
Automotive

REVENUE BY
REGION

46%
North
America

REVENUE 
BY VERTICAL 
MARKET

17%
Asia Pacific

8%
Latin America

16%
Consumer Products/ 
Food & Beverage

14%
Life Sciences

ABOUT QAD: QAD provides innovative enterprise software applications for leading global manufacturing  

companies.  QAD  applications  are  designed  to  simplify  the  management  and  enhance  the  efficiency  of  

manufacturing resources and operations both within and beyond the enterprise, enabling companies through-

out the world to collaborate with their customers, suppliers and partners.

0.47

0.40

137,731

14,613

24,057

33%
High Tech/
Industrial 
Products

DEAR SHAREHOLDERS,

QAD’s transformation to a cloud company 

and processes.  Subscription gross margin 

continued to accelerate in FY18.  Our 

improved by 8 percentage points for the 

subscription revenue grew over 30% from 

year from 48% in FY17 to 56% in FY18, and we 

the prior year, and now represents 23% of 

ended the year with 60% gross margin in our 

our total revenue. In addition, we generated 

fourth quarter.

over $127 million in maintenance revenue 

which, combined with subscription, resulted 

in recurring revenue of 65%.  Overall, we 

achieved record revenue in FY18, growing 

total revenue by 10% and exceeding the $300 

million mark for the first time in our history.

We continued to make significant advances in 

our product.  Our research and development 

organization focused on expanding the 

capabilities of our next generation ERP 

Channel Islands release and helping our early 

adopter customers succeed.  We successfully 

We had significant activity in our cloud 

transitioned Channel Islands from early 

business.  We signed many new customers 

adopter stage to limited release, keeping us 

and converted many others from on-premise 

on schedule for general availability toward 

implementations to the cloud.  We also 

the end of FY19.  We also developed and 

benefited from the continued expansion of 

released a new module focused on revenue 

our growing installed base of customers in 

recognition, in support of the new standards 

the cloud as they added users, implemented 

for U.S. GAAP and IFRS that went into effect for 

additional modules, and rolled out additional 

publicly-traded companies during the year.

sites.  Our cloud operations group completed 

124 go-lives during the year, almost 60% more 

than the prior year.  We ended the year with 

over 33,000 cloud users in 41 countries, across 

all our vertical markets and representing our 

entire product line.  

Rapid technological change continued to 

affect the manufacturing industry during 

FY18, with special focus on the Internet of 

Things (IoT), Machine Learning, and Predictive 

Analytics.  During the year, we launched 

several initiatives around these technologies 

Our cloud operations group continued to 

with a focus on building pragmatic solutions 

perform very well.  Once again, we delivered 

that deliver results.  We partnered with 

industry-leading service levels significantly 

select customers on projects utilizing these 

above our customer commitments and 

advanced technologies.  During the next fiscal 

exceeded 99.9% uptime.  We continued to 

year, we will start efforts to productize those 

enhance our cybersecurity capabilities, which 

solutions that are applicable to our general 

are becoming increasingly important to our 

customer base.

customer base.  Efficiency improvements 

accelerated beyond our expectations during 

the year through the use of automation tools 

Due to the increased activity in on-boarding 

new customers and converting existing 

customers to the cloud, we entered the 

in faster outcomes for their customers.  And 

year with a significant professional services 

Dynasys continued their expansion outside of 

backlog.  As a result, during the first six months 

EMEA through their cloud offering and made 

we were focused on increasing the capabilities 

significant advances in Machine Learning.

and overall capacity of our professional 

services organization.  We increased our 

delivery capabilities by adding 87 people to 

the services organization and increasing our 

use of subcontractors.  As we on-boarded 

these new consultants, we invested heavily 

in training them in our products and delivery 

methodologies.  While we were successful in 

meeting demand and ensuring our customers’ 

implementations and upgrades proceeded 

successfully, our services margins suffered 

during the year, but we expect to reverse that 

trend in FY19.

During the year we generated over $10 million 

in cash flow from operations; while lower 

than the prior year, this was expected as the 

transition to the cloud continued to accelerate.  

As in prior years, we paid over $5 million in 

dividends to our shareholders.  We finished 

the year with a very strong balance sheet 

and over $147 million in cash and equivalents.  

Maintaining positive operating cash flow during 

our transition to the cloud remains an important 

objective, as is maintaining the strength of our 

balance sheet.  Both enable us to confidently 

pursue our strategic goals, and also provide 

As we had expected, our Automation 

our customers with the confidence to continue 

Solutions offering continued to see increased 

to partner with us for the long-term.

demand as IoT continues to drive important 

investments for our customers.  This past 

year, our Automation Solutions group grew 

at an impressive pace, more than doubling 

in revenue, and tripling resources to support 

customer projects.  In FY19 we will focus 

on continuing to grow the practice with a 

regional focus on EMEA and Asia Pacific, while 

developing industry specific models for our 

Automotive and Life Sciences verticals.

We are seeing significant change and 

development of technologies that are 

affecting our industry in general, as well as 

our end-markets.  Our customers’ businesses 

are changing at an accelerating pace, and 

their ability to quickly adapt is becoming 

increasingly important to their success.  We 

believe that our ability to support them by 

delivering solutions that are rapid to deploy, 

built to address their industry-specific 

Our divisional products continued to perform 

requirements, and simple to maintain and 

well this year.  Precision added several 

upgrade puts us in a unique position to 

new cloud wins, including a new customer 

continue to grow our market share.  Our cloud 

in the educational sector that could open 

solutions are second to none for our end-

a new market.  Cebos introduced new 

markets.

implementation methodologies that resulted 

As we look ahead into our new fiscal 

We thank our customers for their trust in 

year, the overall environment for global 

us as partners in their businesses, and our 

manufacturing appears to be healthy.  We 

employees and partners for enabling us 

continue to be excited about the future of 

to achieve our goals.

manufacturing and our role within it.  Our 

passion for customer success combined 

with our technological and operational 

capabilities should enable us to continue 

helping our customers in their quest 

to become more effective enterprises.  

We believe that our success with our 

customers will continue to deliver value to 

our shareholders.

Sincerely

Pam and Karl Lopker

2018 QAD FORM 10-K

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K  

  ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018 
OR 

  ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 0-22823 
QAD Inc. 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 

77-0105228 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, California 93108 
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (805) 566-6000 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

Title of Each Security 
Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value 
Class B Common Stock, $.001 par value 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
(NASDAQ Global Select Market) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ YES ☒ NO 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ YES ☒ NO 
Indicate  by check  mark  whether the  Registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. ☒ YES ☐ NO 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive 
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ☒ YES ☐ NO 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 
contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
Form 10-K or an amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting 
company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting 
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

☐ Large accelerated filer 
☐ Emerging growth company 

☒ Accelerated filer 

☐ Non-accelerated filer 

☐ Smaller reporting company 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)       

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ☐ YES ☒ NO 
As of July 31, 2017, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 15,997,908 shares 
of the Registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding and 3,212,663 shares of the Registrant’s Class B common stock outstanding, and 
the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant (based on the closing sale price of such shares on the 
NASDAQ  Global  Market  on  July  31,  2017)  was  approximately  $300  million.  Shares  of  the  Registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  each 
executive officer and director and by each entity that owns 5% or more of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock have been excluded 
in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for 
other purposes. 

As of March 31, 2018, there were 16,042,279 shares of the Registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding and 3,218,246 shares of the 

Registrant’s Class B common stock outstanding. 

Items 10 through 14 of Part III incorporate information by reference from the Definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s Annual 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 11, 2018. 

 
 
QAD INC. 
FISCAL YEAR 2018 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Page 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS ...............................................................................................................................................................   
1  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ...................................................................................................................................................    14  
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ................................................................................................................    26  
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES ..........................................................................................................................................................    26  
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .........................................................................................................................................    26  
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ............................................................................................................................    26  

PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES .........................................................................................................    27  
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ............................................................................................................................    29  
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS ...................................................................................................................................................................    30  
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ......................................    50  
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .........................................................................    51  
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE ....................................................................................................................................................................    51  
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................................    52  
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION .....................................................................................................................................    53  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ................................................    53  
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ..........................................................................................................................    54  
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.........................................................................................................................    54  
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE .....    54  
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ........................................................................................    54  

PART III 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ......................................................................................    55  
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................................    55  
SIGNATURES ........................................................................................................................................................................    84  

PART IV 

 
 
  
  
   
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning 
of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  Section  21E  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact should be construed as 
forward-looking statements, including statements that are preceded or accompanied by such words as “may,” “believe,” “could,” 
“anticipate,”  “projects,”  “estimates,”  “will  likely  result,”  “should,”  “would,”  “might,”  “plan,”  “expect,”  “intend”  and  words  of 
similar  meaning  or  the  negative  of  these  terms  or  other  comparable  terminology.  Forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  the 
Company’s current expectations and assumptions regarding its business, the economy and future conditions. A number of risks and 
uncertainties  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  the  forward-looking  statements. 
Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1A entitled “Risk Factors” which 
are incorporated herein by reference, and as may be updated in filings we make from time to time with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s 
opinions, expectations and projections only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are subject to risks, uncertainties 
and assumptions about our business. We undertake no obligation to revise or update or publicly release the results of any revision 
or update to these forward-looking statements except as required by applicable securities laws. Readers should carefully review the 
risk factors and other information described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the other documents we file from time to time 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by QAD in fiscal year 
2019. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

PART I 

QAD is a leader in cloud-based enterprise software solutions for global manufacturing companies across the automotive, life 
sciences, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology and industrial products industries. We offer full-featured, secure 
and flexible enterprise and supply chain solutions built for global manufacturing companies which can be delivered in the cloud, 
on- premise or via a blended combination of cloud and on-premise. Our mission is to provide best-in-class software that enables 
our customers to operate as an effective enterprise where their business processes are running at peak efficiency and are perfectly 
aligned to their strategic goals. Our solutions, called QAD Enterprise Applications, enable measurement and control of key business 
processes that support operational requirements, including financials, manufacturing, demand and supply chain planning, customer 
management, business intelligence and business process management. Our architecture, called QAD Enterprise Platform, provides 
manufactures with the flexibility they need to achieve a greater fit between their optimal business processes and systems, and adjust 
to change in the markets they serve.  

Over 2,000 manufacturing companies have deployed QAD solutions to run their businesses across approximately 4,000 sites 
globally. Today, our solutions are used by over 300,000 active users, of which our cloud and subscription users have grown to 
33,000 from 22,000 in the prior year. We were founded in 1979 and our principal executive offices are located in Santa Barbara, 
California. Our principal website address is www.qad.com. Our office address is 100 Innovation Place, Santa Barbara, CA 93108. 
We employ 1,870 full-time employees throughout our direct operations in 23 countries across the North America, Europe, Middle 
East and Africa (“EMEA”), Asia Pacific and Latin America regions. 

OUR TARGET VERTICAL MARKETS 

We focus our efforts on delivering mission-critical software solutions to enterprise customers in six core vertical markets within 
global manufacturing – automotive, life sciences, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology and industrial products. 
Within these vertical markets, we focus on 26 segments where our customers can receive the greatest benefit from our solutions. 
Segment  examples  include  automotive  tier  suppliers,  orthopedic  medical  device  manufacturers,  pharmaceutical  contract 
manufacturers,  flexible  packaging  producers  as  well  as  manufacturers  of  consumer  electronics.  We  offer  solutions  designed  to 
overcome the business challenges within each segment, based on our in-depth knowledge of the segment and best practices. In 
addition, we participate in industry groups serving our target segments to ensure that we address regulatory compliance issues, 
evaluate new manufacturing practices and leverage advanced technologies to give our customers maximum competitive advantage. 

Automotive: Automotive suppliers are a key focus for QAD.  Automotive suppliers must meet critical industry standards such 
as the Materials Management Operations Guideline/Logistics Evaluation (“MMOG/LE”) and International Automotive Task Force 
(“IATF”) 16949:2016 (previously ISO/TS 16949). Disruptions to the supply chain can cause significant financial impact. QAD’s 
automotive-specific processes and built-in industry best practices help automotive suppliers reduce costs, mitigate supply chain risk 
and  improve  supply  chain  planning  and  visibility.  Our  customer  base  includes  companies  serving  the  global  automotive 
marketplace, especially the tier-1 suppliers in the supply chains of automotive original equipment manufacturers. We deliver unique 
capabilities  to  support  the  collaboration  requirements  of  the  automotive  suppliers,  including  the  strict  quality  requirements  of 
Advanced Product Quality Process (“APQP”) and Production Part Approval Process (“PPAP”). Many of our customers use QAD 
Cloud  EDI  because  it  provides  a  scalable  solution  which  standardizes  Electronic  Data  Interchange  (“EDI”)  across  their  global 
enterprise. QAD Supplier Portal, which allows for electronic communication with other suppliers, is another product commonly 

1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
used by our automotive customers. QAD solutions are in use at many of the market-leading automotive parts companies throughout 
the  world  that  manufacture  a  broad  range  of  components  used  in  interiors,  electrical  components,  safety  systems,  bodies  and 
drivetrains. 

Life Sciences: Life sciences manufacturers are dedicated to innovation, product quality and patient safety; however, a tightening 
regulatory  environment,  increasing  cost  pressures  and  greater  supply  chain  complexities  present  challenges  to  the  industry. 
Emerging  markets,  quality  initiatives,  and  mergers  and  acquisitions  activity  also  add  to  the  complexity  of  life  sciences 
manufacturing and distribution. QAD focuses on the following five segments in the life sciences industry: contract manufacturing; 
surgical  devices;  orthopedic  devices;  diagnostic  devices;  and  pharmaceutical/biotechnology manufacturers. QAD  solutions  help 
global  life  sciences  companies  manufacture  products  in  accordance  with  current  Good  Manufacturing  Practices  (“cGMP”) 
regulations  and  standards  like  ISO13485:2016  that  are  embraced  by  regulators  around  the  world.  In  addition  to  cGMP,  QAD 
solutions  support  many  business  and  regulatory  processes  specific  to  the  life  sciences  industry,  such  as  automated  quality 
management,  supply  chain  planning  and  serialization  in  support  of requirements  for  Unique  Device  Identification  (“UDI”),  the 
Drug Quality and Security Act (“DQSA”) and the Falsified Medicines Directive (“FMD”). Our customers’ products include such 
items as defibrillators, ventricular assist systems, artificial joints, prescription medications, surgical instruments and packaging for 
the life sciences industry. QAD’s enterprise applications for life sciences provides our customers with a qualified IT infrastructure 
as  a  key  building  block  to  help  them  ensure  that  they  have  a  solid  foundation  upon  which  to  base  their  software  validation 
requirements. 

Consumer  Products:  Manufacturers  of  consumer  products  have  the  objective  of  delivering  the  right  product,  in  the  right 
quantities, to the right location at the right time to satisfy demand. To meet this goal, effective supply chain management is needed 
to synchronize critical activities and functions across the organization.  To gain market share and improve profitability, consumer 
products companies must anticipate and meet customer demand while managing their margins and complying with evolving safety 
and environmental regulations. QAD focuses on the following four segments in the consumer products industry: household and 
personal packaged products; consumer electronics; assembled and discrete products; and jewelry manufacturing. The manufacturing 
processes for these items vary and depend on the nature of the item; however, the fulfillment and distribution requirements have 
significant commonality. Major retailers manage complex supply chains and are typically very demanding of their suppliers as they 
strive to service growing demand from consumers for speed of delivery and variety of products. QAD solutions address the complex 
replenishment  requirements  of  companies  supplying  the  retail  supply  chain,  including  promotional  pricing,  demand  planning, 
quality compliance and product configuration. 

Food and Beverage: Food and beverage  manufacturing is complex and requires regular updates to product, packaging and 
pricing. There is a lack of uniformity in the supply chain, which challenges food and beverage manufacturers to excel at supply 
chain  management,  as  seasonal  demand  changes  cause  inefficiencies  and  increase  manufacturing  costs.  At  the  same  time, 
manufacturers must comply with requirements like field to fork traceability and record keeping. QAD focuses on the following six 
segments in the food and beverage industry: shelf-stable bottling, canning and packaging; distilleries, wineries and brewing; frozen 
foods;  creameries  and  fresh  foods;  candy  and  confections;  and  meat  and  fish  processing.  Our  solutions  support  regulatory  and 
quality  initiatives,  such  as  the  U.S.  Food  Safety  Modernization  Act  (“FSMA”)  and  Hazard  Analysis  and  Critical  Control  Point 
(“HACCP”)  analysis,  which  address  the  management  of  biological,  chemical  and  physical  hazards.  Our  solutions  support  the 
product  cycle  of  the  food  and  beverage  industry  from  raw  material  production,  procurement  and  handling  to  manufacturing, 
distribution and consumption of the finished product. QAD’s software is standards-focused to help companies ensure food safety 
and meet the regulatory requirements in the global markets where our customers operate. QAD provides solutions for food and 
beverage companies that manufacture a broad range of products and manage many of the world’s well-known brands. 

High Technology: The success of manufacturers in the high tech industry relies on innovation and the ability to manage change. 
These  manufacturers  are  subject  to  constant  pressure  on  margins,  challenges  with  cross  border  shipments,  strains  on  material 
availability and cost control initiatives.  They require agile and effective global supply chains. All of these challenges need to be 
met while complying with standards and industry regulations. QAD solutions are used by many high-technology companies that 
manufacture a diverse range of products. QAD focuses on the following four segments in the high technology industry: standalone 
devices and test equipment; batteries, power supplies and lighting; cable, wiring and connectors; and tech contract manufacturing. 
High-tech companies often face the challenges of very complex product structures with a need for traceability of parts and processes 
throughout their entire supply chain, as well as tight control of engineering changes. Many high-tech companies providing complex 
systems  also  face  the  challenge  of  managing  installation  and  support  of  equipment  after  sale,  in  addition  to  managing  field 
engineering  resources.  A  high-technology  manufacturer  can  use  QAD’s  solutions  to  configure  product  based  on  customers’ 
preference; manufacture and assemble product according to a customized specification; and schedule, install and support equipment 
throughout its lifecycle. 

2 

 
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Industrial Products: Today’s global customers are demanding more configure-to-order, make-to-order, and assemble-to-order 
products.  As  a  result,  the  modern,  agile  industrial  manufacturer must  be  responsive  to  demands  while  managing  tight  margins, 
operational challenges and rapid changes to product features. QAD customers manufacture products as diverse as machine tools; 
specialist ceramic materials used in aerospace and defense; and equipment used in the oil and gas industries. Fluctuating demand 
leads to significant challenges in managing the internal supply chain, coordinating the extended vendor ecosystem, controlling costs, 
ensuring quality, tracking production, and optimizing inventory levels. Companies in this broad vertical market have requirements 
to maintain many manufacturing methodologies, often within the same enterprise. QAD focuses on the following six segments in 
the  industrial  products  industry:  flexible  packaging;  engineered  materials;  contract  manufacturing;  standalone  equipment; 
remanufacturing; and roll stock and wire cable. Our solutions support multiple manufacturing methodologies in parallel, including 
lean manufacturing. The need for traceability of materials from source through to the finished product is often important to our 
customers, and QAD’s capabilities in traceability and serialization support this feature. QAD’s solutions are also used to support 
our customers’ environmental compliance needs. 

Our focus on these six vertical markets gives us a competitive advantage by providing a solution developed specifically for our 
target  customers,  without  the  complexity  and  distraction  of  functionality  they  don’t  want  and  don’t  need.  While  some  vendors 
provide broader solutions built for many industries, our narrow vertical focus allows our customers to implement our solutions with 
fewer  configurations  and  customizations  than  our  competitors  require,  enabling  less  complex  and  faster  implementations.  We 
leverage  our  vertical  market  expertise  in  research  and  development  to  meet  specific  industry  needs:  in  sales,  to  understand  our 
customer’s unique requirements; in presales, to demonstrate how these requirements are handled in the software; and in services, 
to apply best practices in optimization of business processes and implementation of the software. Our options to sell our product in 
the cloud or as on-premise licenses enable customers operating in multiple locations to choose a deployment option that best meets 
their unique needs. 

QAD SOLUTIONS 

QAD products and services support the business processes of global manufacturing companies in our target industries. We 
continually  monitor  emerging  business  requirements  and  practices  as  well  as  regulatory  changes  and  incorporate  them  into  our 
product  and  solutions  strategies.  Our  development  focus  emphasizes  user  experience.  We  strive  to  deliver  solutions  that  offer 
comprehensive  capabilities while being easier to learn and use. Our goal is to  make all capabilities that a  particular user needs 
available with only a few clicks, giving our end users significant gains in efficiency as well as making the user experience more 
enjoyable. 

     The Channel Islands program was designed to transform the architecture and user experience of QAD solutions. Channel Islands 
has two key components: Channel Islands Experience and the QAD Enterprise Platform. 

The Channel Islands Experience provides access to QAD Enterprise Applications on any device with a modern web browser. 
It includes a new user interface (“UI”) written in HTML5 and is accessible to the user with any standard browser. The new UI 
provides seamless access across desktops and mobile devices and has the ability to co-exist with our current .NET UI.   

The QAD Enterprise Platform is the architecture behind Channel Islands. The benefits it provides to customers make it the 
most significant part of the solution. Manufacturers need an Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system that will allow them to 
easily change their business processes to meet the demands of their changing market. The QAD Enterprise Platform provides five 
rapid response capabilities: Personalization; Embedded Analytics; Modularization; Extensibility; and New Apps. Most critically, 
these capabilities include the ability to extend current applications, to connect with external systems through micro services, and to 
develop  entirely  new  applications  on  the  platform  without  the  need  to  write  or  modify  code  in  QAD  Enterprise  Applications. 
Extensions and new apps are non-intrusive to the enterprise applications and do not hinder future upgrades. Modularity provides 
the  ability  to  upgrade  the  solution  by  components,  rather  than  upgrading  the  entire  solution  at  one  time.  This  makes  upgrades 
smaller, faster and easier; helping customers stay on the most current version of our software which reduces the gap between their 
business needs and what our enterprise applications provide. Modularity allows us to improve the efficiency of our cloud operations 
using a simplified upgrade process. The architecture eases the adoption of new advanced technologies into the solution. 

Mobile devices continue to play an ever-increasing role in our day-to-day lives, and our customers are using mobile computing 
to support their businesses. Channel Islands leverages a responsive HTML5 user interface that displays appropriately across screen 
sizes.  As  such,  Channel  Islands  is  available  on  any  device  with  a  modern  web  browser,  including  tablets  and  smartphones.   In 
addition, QAD provides some mobile specific applications purpose-built for the actions users are likely to take on their mobile 
devices. These include a requisition approval solution, a mobile business intelligence solution, mobile browse capability and mobile 
application monitoring tools to support system administrators. 

In support of our focus on business process efficiency, we have integrated the ability to generate business process maps for 
common  business  processes  into  our  software  using  the  QAD  Process  Editor  tool.  This  tool  simplifies  implementations,  maps 
common business processes and facilitates navigation throughout the entire product suite. Within our suite, we have embedded 
business  process  management  (“QAD  BPM”).  QAD  BPM  allows  customers  to  visualize  their  business  processes;  monitor 
transactional  throughput  by  user,  role  or  stage;  and  modify  those  processes  to  make  them  more  efficient.  Using  QAD  BPM, 

3 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
companies can create business process models, assign task responsibilities, and monitor and re-direct workflow; all of which reduce 
process execution time, improve visibility of active processes, identify bottlenecks and support process improvement. 

QAD developed its solutions to allow simple integration with other systems our customers use within their organizations. For 
example,  we  enable  seamless  integration  between  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  and  common  browser  applications  and 
spreadsheets.  QAD  solutions  also  integrate  easily  with  other  web  applications  and  web  services.  Using  our  Q-Xtend  toolset, 
customers can connect to different software, even when remote, and they can use industry-standard middleware products such as 
the IBM MQ™ series or the standard connectors built on the Dell Boomi AtomSphere integration platform. Robust Application 
Program Interfaces (“APIs”) along with QAD Automation Solutions provide additional capabilities for integration. 

QAD Enterprise Applications 

QAD Enterprise Applications is an integrated suite of software applications, which supports the core business processes of 
global manufacturing companies, and provides specific functionality to support the requirements of our targeted industries and the 
geographies  in  which  our  customers  conduct  business.  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  allows  customers  to  monitor,  control  and 
support their operations, whether operating a single plant or multiple sites, wherever they are located around the world. 

QAD Enterprise Applications has strong capabilities for addressing global complexities in customers’ business models, such 
as compliance with local accounting practices and legislation, as well as internal reporting on global performance. QAD Enterprise 
Applications includes full support for multiple currencies, multiple languages and complex corporate structures such as multiple 
companies or divisions. 

QAD Enterprise Applications is available in the cloud, on-premise and in a blended model combining both of these deployment 
alternatives.  Blended  deployment  enables  users  to  transact  more  easily  across  business  entities  with  a  consistent  interface  and 
consistent  functionality  since  our  cloud  and  on-premise  technology  is  compatible.  Companies  that  have  chosen  the  cloud  as  a 
strategic direction but who cannot, or do not want to, move all locations at one time, find the blended deployment model allows 
them to transition to the cloud with less risk. The finance function can view individual business unit results and run consolidations 
that  cross  both  cloud  and  on-premise  sites  seamlessly,  while  other  users  can  transact  and  view  inventory  in  multiple  locations 
irrespective of whether any specific business entity is operating in the cloud or on- premise. 

QAD Enterprise Applications is comprised of the following software solutions: 

QAD Financials 

QAD  Financials  provides  comprehensive  capabilities  to  manage  and  control  finance  and  accounting  processes  at  a  local, 
regional and global level. The suite supports multi-company, multi-currency, multi-language and multi-tax jurisdictions, as well as 
consolidated  reporting  and  budgeting  controls.  These  capabilities  give  cross-functional  stakeholders  access  to  financial  results; 
enabling  faster,  more  informed  decision  making  while  providing  robust  internal  controls.  Enterprise  Financials  includes  multi-
GAAP  support,  such  as  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  as  well  as  extensive  local  tax  capture,  reporting 
capabilities and segregation of duties enforcement. 

QAD Customer Management 

QAD  Customer  Management  enables  global  manufacturing  companies  to  acquire  new  customers  efficiently,  grow  revenue 
through  multiple  channels  and  retain  customers  through  superior  service  and  support.  QAD  Customer  Management  helps  our 
customers measure marketing campaign effectiveness, manage the sales opportunity lifecycle and optimize order and fulfillment 
processes. QAD Configurator has the ability to create unique products specified to customer requirements, enabling simple and cost 
effective controls for mass customization of products. The suite includes the ability to centralize sales order entry, including orders 
for configured items, and to ship the items from any facility or business entity. QAD Customer Self Service provides a web storefront 
for our customers to transact sales, which is fully and securely integrated with the rest of QAD Enterprise Applications. 

QAD Manufacturing 

QAD Manufacturing delivers comprehensive capabilities to support manufacturing business processes, from planning through 
execution,  and  provides  visibility  and  control  of  materials  and  labor.  The  suite  has  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  planning  and 
scheduling,  cost  management,  material  control,  shop  floor  control,  quality  management  and  reporting  in  various  mixed-mode 
manufacturing environments. The manufacturing models supported include Discrete, Repetitive, Kanban (particularly relevant in 
lean manufacturing practices), Flow, Batch/Formula, Process, Co-products/By-products and Configured Products. The system also 
includes flexible item attributes that customers can use to track lot characteristics or test results. The Lot Trace Workbench provides 
insight into any products component genealogy and greatly simplifies product recalls. QAD Manufacturing supports companies’ 
deployment  of business  processes  consistent  with  their  industry’s  best  practices.  The  integration  between  scheduling,  planning, 
execution, quality and materials allows tight control and simple management of processes. 

4 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
QAD Automation Solutions 

QAD Automation Solutions improves manufacturers’ material transaction processing accuracy and efficiency by aligning QAD 
Enterprise Applications with material and production processes. There are two primary components to QAD Automation Solutions: 

●  Data Collection captures material and production data through simplified transactions using a mobile device such as a

radio frequency (RF) scanner, tablet or a stationary shop floor personal computer or terminal. 

●  Label Printing Services routs and prints labels associated with material and production transactions based on manufacturer, 

supplier, customer and industry specified formats and rules. 

These capabilities help manufacturers better align their material logistics processes in a timely fashion while ensuring inventory 

accuracy through process compliance. 

QAD Demand and Supply Chain Planning 

QAD Demand and Supply Chain Planning (“QAD DSCP”) is a comprehensive group of applications built on a single unified 
model to fulfill the materials planning and logistics requirements of global companies. QAD DSCP is supported and developed by 
our DynaSys operating division. This solution set delivers functionality and capabilities that help enterprises optimize their supply 
chains to enhance customer satisfaction through timely deliveries. Enterprises can align supply and demand to support the delivery 
of the right product, to the right place, at the right time and at the most efficient cost. The suite utilizes the DynaSys Single Click 
Collaborative platform, with the entire planning model running in a memory-resident database supporting real-time planning. The 
suite supports planning for demand, production, procurement, distribution and global sales and operations. Customers have used 
this  solution  with  data  sets  that  exceed  a  million  SKUs.  QAD  Demand  and  Supply  Chain  Planning  addresses  both  simple  and 
complex networks; and customers have the ability to add more advanced functionality as the enterprise grows. Collaborative portals 
are available for both demand and supply sides to help ensure rapid communication of demand or supply fluctuations and to enable 
collaborative planning. 

QAD Supply Chain Execution 

QAD's  Supply  Chain  Execution  suite  includes  tools  to  support  inventory  and  warehouse  management  in  either  simple  or 
complex  warehousing  environments.  For  example,  the  QAD  Warehousing  tool  supports  complex  warehouse-management 
techniques such as bulk, batch and wave picking, as well as multiple put away methods including calculations based on required 
space.  It  manages  reusable  packaging  and  containers  to  help  eliminate  waste  and  reduce  costs.  Additionally,  QAD  Enterprise 
Applications manages consignment inventory for both consignors and consignees, and supports strategic sourcing and purchasing. 
The system manages distribution requirements planning to optimize and balance inventories at multiple distribution centers which 
enables  quick  and  cost  effective  demand  fulfillment.  QAD  offers  QAD  Supplier  Portal  and  QAD  EDI  for  facilitation  of 
communication and collaboration with members of a supply chain. These two solutions are offered on a subscription basis only. 

QAD Transportation Management 

QAD markets transportation solutions directly to our existing customers as part of QAD Enterprise Applications, and to the 
general market through our Precision division. QAD Transportation Management facilitates correct documentation and control for 
moving  shipments  across  borders.  Transportation  Management  allows  companies  to  manage  and  optimize  outside  carriers  for 
shipments  including  parcel,  less  than  truckload,  full  truckload  and  container  shipments  whether  using  land,  sea  or  air  carriers. 
Compliance and risk management enables companies to comply with regulations concerning denied parties and control of dangerous 
substances. 

QAD Service and Support 

QAD Service and Support enables exceptional after-sale customer service and support for companies who commission and 
support  complex  systems.  The  integration  from  customer  demand  through  manufacturing  to  installation  and  support  provides 
companies  with  great  efficiencies  when  managing  their  business  processes.  QAD  Service  and  Support  handles  service  calls, 
manages  service  queues  and  organizes  mobile  field  resources.  It  also  provides  extensive  project  management  support,  helping 
organizations  track  materials  and  labor  against  warranty  and  service  work;  compares  actual  costs  to  budget;  and  generates 
appropriate invoicing. 

5 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD Enterprise Asset Management 

QAD Enterprise Asset Management (“EAM”) helps companies manage maintenance and installation of capital equipment. The 
solution supports both planned and unplanned equipment maintenance based on elapsed time or completed quantities. It includes 
the ability to track calibrations, labor and required parts used for maintenance. In addition, it has project accounting capabilities to 
plan,  track  and  control  detailed  project  budget  and  spending  data  for  capital  expense  projects  such  as  refits  or  building  and 
commissioning  new  plants.  EAM  includes  functionality  to  manage  rotable  (renewable)  inventory.  EAM  helps  manufacturers 
achieve a balance between having the right equipment available and minimizing their equipment investment. It ensures critical spare 
parts are on hand as needed and monitors company expense and approval policies with regard to capital plant and equipment. 

Action Centers with Embedded Analytics 

Action Centers are designed to provide the data and information users need in order to work efficiently in a straightforward 
visual format. Users can drill down into more detail or take quick action based on the insight the solution provides. Action Centers 
provide built-in analytics and operational metrics as well as more than 400 browses and nearly 450 reports. All information can be 
accessed from a tablet to support users who are not at their desk or in the office. 

QAD Analytics 

QAD  Enterprise  Applications  provides  decision  makers  and  company  stakeholders  with  key  data  to  measure  performance 
against company and strategic goals. QAD Analytics helps customers perform complex analyses, make informed decisions and 
improve performance management by highlighting areas that need improvement and enabling drill down to source data. The QAD 
Analytics suite consists of multiple analysis and data extraction tools all working in harmony to provide user-defined analysis such 
as consolidated reporting or reporting by geography, product line or cost center. 

The solution consists of QAD Reporting Framework, which provides powerful, yet simple, reporting and real-time visibility 
with ad hoc inquiries; Operational Metrics, which enables companies to define and monitor key performance indicators; and QAD 
Business  Intelligence,  which  allows  for  dynamic  analysis  and  trend  reporting  across  multiple  data  sources.  Customers  can  also 
access QAD Business Intelligence using mobile devices, which allows users to view, filter and sort all data accessible to QAD 
Browses using mobile devices. 

QAD Enterprise Quality Management System 

QAD  provides  enterprise  quality  management  and  regulatory  compliance  solutions  to  global  companies  in  many  market 
segments, including QAD’s target markets. The suite supports customers’ compliance with industry-specific quality standards. In 
the  automotive  vertical,  QAD’s  solution  delivers  automation  of  Advanced  Product  Quality  Planning  (“APQP”)  methodologies, 
including Production Part Approval Process (“PPAP”), process flow and approvals. In the life sciences vertical, customers benefit 
from critical functionality supporting corrective and preventative action and non conformance reporting. The suite also features 
manufacturing quality solutions for audit, risk management, document control, gage calibration, inspection and statistical process 
control. Our CEBOS division supports and develops QAD’s Enterprise Quality Management suite. 

QAD Interoperability 

QAD  Enterprise  Applications  uses  a  services-oriented  architecture,  allowing  customers  to  easily  integrate  QAD  Enterprise 
Applications with other non-QAD core business applications. Through our QAD Q-Xtend toolset, we promote open interoperability 
with comprehensive APIs and published events. These offer QAD customers a choice of solutions in their operating environments. 
In addition, we resell the Dell Boomi integration platform as QAD Boomi AtomSphere. This provides a comprehensive platform 
for managing integrations to many cloud and on-premise products, making whole enterprise integration easier for QAD customers. 
QAD Cloud EDI provides EDI translation and communication services that complement the QAD EDI eCommerce offering to 
provide a full end-to-end solution simplifying global e-commerce and collaboration with trading partners across the value chain. 
QAD Cloud EDI provides a scalable solution for companies to rapidly implement and standardize EDI across their global enterprise. 

QAD Internationalization 

QAD supports companies that manufacture and distribute their products around the world. When a global company expands its 
operations, it often needs to accommodate local languages, local accounting standards and local business practices. Operating in 
different countries also requires access to specific local software, such as that used to interface to banks in their country of operation. 
QAD supports the requirements of 60 different countries with its internationalization capabilities. 

6 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD Divisions 

Over  time  we  have  acquired  certain  companies  to  enhance  our  product  capabilities.  We  have  chosen  to  keep  some  of  our 
acquired companies operating as divisions because they may market their software outside of our core QAD customers. Although 
the products marketed by these divisions have all been incorporated into QAD Enterprise Applications, these divisions also maintain 
their own websites, operate under their own names and may sell their products under their own names. 

The following divisions operate as part of QAD Inc.: 

Precision Software 

Precision markets our transportation solutions. Precision Transportation Management facilitates documentation and control for 
moving  shipments  across  borders,  including  regulatory  compliance,  and  allows  companies  to  optimize  outside  carriers  for 
shipments. 

DynaSys 

DynaSys  markets  our  Demand  and  Supply  Chain  Planning  applications.  These  applications  deliver  functionality  and 
capabilities  that  help  enterprises  optimize  their  supply  chains  to  enhance  customer  satisfaction  through  timely  deliveries.  The 
application suite supports planning for demand, production, procurement, distribution and global sales and operations. 

CEBOS 

CEBOS  provides  our  enterprise  quality  management  and  regulatory  compliance  solutions.  This  application  suite  features 
manufacturing quality solutions for audit, risk management, document control, gage calibration, inspection and statistical process 
control. 

Customer Support and Product Updates Provided via Our Cloud and Maintenance Offerings 

Customer support services and product enhancements are provided to our cloud customers as part of their monthly subscription 
fee and to on-premise customers via our maintenance offering. Customer support services include Internet and telephone access to 
technical support personnel located in our global support centers. Through our support services, we provide the resources, tools and 
expertise needed to  maximize  the use of QAD Enterprise Applications. Customers active  on  maintenance or the cloud are also 
entitled to receive product upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if available basis. 

As part of our maintenance and cloud offerings, our online support site also provides access to an extensive knowledge database, 
online training materials, a virtual training environment, remote diagnostics and our software download center, called QAD Store. 
Our support professionals in our global support centers focus on quickly resolving customers’ issues, maintaining optimal system 
performance  and  providing  uninterrupted  service  for  complete  customer  satisfaction.  In  addition,  we  provide  other  products, 
including operational metrics, workbenches and monitoring tools. Customers have access to these products at no additional fee, 
provided they have a current maintenance or cloud agreement in place with QAD. 

Our cloud customers are able to enjoy Internet access to their solutions in a scalable, reliable and secure environment anywhere 
in the world. This environment is managed by our Cloud Operations group with infrastructure operated by us, but located within 
third-party data center facilities or from cloud computing platform providers. The cloud operations group is dedicated to supporting 
our  cloud  solutions.  Located  primarily  in  the  U.S.  and  India,  they  manage  the  day-to-day  operations  of  our  cloud  computing 
solutions, act as the control point for activities related to elements of the cloud and  maintain our cloud environment, including 
customizations, conversions and upgrades to QAD Enterprise Applications. 

Generally, our on-premise customers purchase maintenance when they acquire new licenses and our maintenance retention rate 
is more than 90%. Our maintenance and other revenue represented 42%, 47% and 48% of our total revenues in fiscal 2018, 2017 
and 2016, respectively. Our maintenance revenue is negatively impacted by customers on maintenance converting to our cloud 
solutions. When maintenance customers convert to the cloud, they no longer contract for maintenance as those support services and 
unspecified updates are included as a component of the subscription offering. Our cloud revenue represented approximately 20%, 
17% and 11% of our total revenues in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and our cloud customer retention rate is also in 
excess of 90%. We track our retention rate of cloud and maintenance by calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with 
contracts up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled 
during  the  period.  The  percentage  of  revenue  not  canceled  is  our  retention  rate.  Conversions  to  the  cloud  are  not  considered 
cancellations for purposes of the maintenance retention rate calculation. Additional users and additional modules are not included 
in the annualized revenue for purposes of this calculation. 

7 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD Global Services 

QAD  offers  professional  services  including  consulting,  deployment,  training  and  integration  to  facilitate  adoption  of  our 

Enterprise Applications solution and enable customer success. 

QAD Global Services engages with our customers across the entire enterprise application life cycle through planning, design, 
implementation and management. Whether in the cloud or on-premise, our Global Services group assists our customers with initial 
deployments, upgrades to more current product versions, migration of on-premise deployments to the cloud, conversion and transfer 
of historical data, ongoing system and process optimization, and user training and education. In addition, through its ecosystem of 
partners, QAD can offer our customers augmented resources to assist on typical site-based implementation activities such as data 
cleansing, functional support, training and User Acceptance Testing (“UAT”). 

QAD  Global  Services  includes  450  consultants  located  throughout  the  world,  augmented  by  a  growing  global  network  of 
certified  partners.  Our  consulting  ecosystem  spans  65  countries.  QAD  consultants  and  partners  are  trained  on  our  best  practice 
implementation  methodologies  and  have  obtained  certifications  of proficiency  in  many  areas. We  offer  a complete  portfolio  of 
services, delivered to consistent standards across the globe. Working in tandem with our partners, we support national, multinational 
and global projects on behalf of QAD customers. 

In  support  of  QAD’s  vision  of  all  customers  becoming  Effective  Enterprises,  QAD  has  developed  a  framework  of  Key 
Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) used by QAD Global Services to measure pre- and post-implementation performance of business 
processes  and  aid  in  the  diagnosis  of  opportunities  for  continuous  improvement.  The  QAD  KPI  framework  is  available  to  all 
customers and is monitored using the QAD analytics suite. 

QAD’s principal methodology for deployment of solutions is called QAD Easy On Boarding (“EOB”). EOB has been designed 
to make deployment of QAD solutions on-premise or in the cloud standardized and efficient. EOB features predefined industry 
process models and work instructions built into the products themselves as well as implementation guides and scripts, all based on 
our experience with best practice standards. With EOB, implementation can be faster than more traditional approaches. 

QAD Global Services focuses on assisting customers with the following activities: 

Implementations  and  Migrations  –  QAD  Global  Services  supports  customers  with  the  initial  implementation  of  QAD 
Enterprise Applications. QAD Global Services has expertise in global implementations, harnessing the entire QAD Global Services 
ecosystem to provide local or remote support to meet customer requirements. QAD Global Services deploys our applications both 
on-premise and in the cloud. In addition, QAD Global Services has the experience to assist new customers with migration from 
other enterprise application systems. This service includes data conversions as well as process design change management. 

Upgrades – QAD Global Services assists customers in the process of upgrading their QAD Enterprise Applications to the latest 

version, accelerating time to benefit, increasing new functionality and applying usability best practices. 

Conversions – QAD Global Services employs a standardized process for converting from on-premise solutions to the cloud. 

Integration – QAD Global Services has the expertise and experience to quickly integrate QAD solutions with other systems. 

Systems Management – QAD Global Services delivers a range of services to support the technical management of systems 

and performance monitoring for those customers who choose on-premise deployment. 

Training  and  Education  –  QAD  Global  Services  offers  a  full  range  of  services  leveraging  QAD’s  learning  management 
system. Users can access multimedia training on all QAD offerings and take advantage of pre-defined learning plans for all of the 
roles that QAD users typically perform. Global Services also provides customized courses that are taught on-site to meet specific 
customer needs and are available to end users, IT professionals, department managers, partners and consultants. 

Extended Solution Support – QAD Global Services is available to support interfaces, any customer specific customizations 

and EDI solutions through our Extended Solution Support Services. 

Business Process Improvement – QAD has developed a range of predefined diagnostic offerings called Q-Scans. QAD Global 
Services  utilizes  Q-Scans  to  engage  in  highly  efficient  diagnosis  of  key  business  processes  and  functional  areas  to  provide 
recommendations to customers for continuous improvement. 

Pre-Defined Consulting Engagements – QAD Global Services performs diagnostic and prescriptive consultations that cover 

many areas including customization, analytics and various areas of compliance such as MMOG/LE and FDA requirements. 

QAD  Global  Services’  network  of  employees,  consultants  and  partners  knows  QAD  software  best.  They  diagnose  issues 
preventing businesses from running efficiently and prescribe steps to maximize the benefits of QAD Enterprise Applications. These 

8 

 
  
   
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
QAD experts offer what outside consultants cannot - a combination of a deep understanding of the industries in which our customers 
operate, in-depth knowledge of functionality of the QAD solution portfolio and the proven experience of helping customers leverage 
our  software  to  become  more  Effective  Enterprises.  QAD  Global  Services  offers  a  full  range  of  program  management,  project 
management, industry consulting and technical services certified in our products and methodologies. 

QAD GLOBAL PARTNER NETWORK 

QAD  establishes  strategic  relationships  with  our  partners  to  expand  our  sales  reach,  improve  our  market  impact,  provide 
technological advantages and strengthen our strategic position in the industries that we serve. QAD and our partners are constantly 
evolving, broadening our expertise and our footprint in order to meet the diverse needs of our customers around the world. Today 
we have approximately 130 companies partnering with us to deliver innovative solutions, services and technology that help our 
customers build their Effective Enterprise. 

OUR STRATEGY 

All aspects of our solutions, services and customer engagement are designed to support our vision for the Effective Enterprise 
where every business process is running at peak efficiency and perfectly aligned to our customers’ strategic goals. In a constantly 
evolving world, continuous improvement and flexible systems are fundamental requirements for achieving this vision. In support 
of our vision, we focus on providing complete solutions and expertise that help our customers improve the effectiveness of their 
business processes. In addition, our software is designed to support global regulatory and business practice requirements that enable 
our customers to satisfy governmental and industry regulations, while incorporating industry best practices and providing real-time 
visibility and measurement supporting continuous business process improvement initiatives. 

We build solutions in 26 specific industry segments across six manufacturing verticals to provide our customers the capabilities 
and best practices they need to run their enterprises effectively without the complexity and excess cost associated with customizing 
generalist solutions. We focus on those areas, within the segments we target, where we see potential for increased growth due to 
manufacturing expansion, cloud adoption or emerging requirements that we can address. 

Our  goal  is  to  enhance  our  position  as  a  leading  provider  of  cloud-based  enterprise  applications  for  global  manufacturing 
companies. The key elements of our strategy, which we believe will support the achievement of our vision and help drive continued 
growth, are as follows: 

Grow our cloud business and expand our footprint within existing customers. We provide full-featured vertically-focused 
cloud  solutions  and  we  believe  there  is  substantial  opportunity  to  grow  our  cloud-based  enterprise  solutions  within  our  global 
manufacturing customer base and to acquire new customers in the core vertical markets we serve. Our cloud solutions allow our 
customers  to  focus  on  their  customers  and  products  without  the  distraction  of  administering  their  enterprise  applications  or 
maintaining their infrastructure. With over 2,000 customers across our core vertical markets and over 300,000 active users of our 
on-premise and cloud solutions, we have many opportunities to increase cloud revenue across our existing installed base. We believe 
new manufacturing companies, or companies created through divestiture from a larger entity, that do not have an existing legacy 
enterprise platform, are more likely to adopt a cloud computing solution when choosing and implementing a new enterprise system 
to run their business.  

Continuous product development and rapid response to change. Many manufacturers are facing increased change in their 
industries driven by technology that is enabling new disruptive business models. Just as manufacturers are facing changes in the 
markets they serve, they are also facing changes in the way they manufacture. Our ability to successfully compete depends in part 
on our continuous product development and rapid introduction of new technologies, features and functionality. Manufacturers are 
facing a swiftly changing business environment fueled by exponential growth in underlying technologies. Traditional ERP systems 
were not designed to manage this rate of change in business process. The QAD Enterprise Platform enables a rapid response to 
change,  allowing  customers  to  align  their  systems  to  the  current  optimal  business  process  without  the  need  for  intrusive 
customization that hinders the  ability to respond to future changes. Industry 4.0, Internet of Things (“IoT”), Machine Learning 
(“ML”), Artificial Intelligence (“AI”), Additive Manufacturing (“3D Printing”), Blockchain, Augmented Reality, and Predictive 
Analytics  are  all  examples  of  evolving  technologies  that  can  impact  the  markets  in  which  our  customers  operate.  We  believe 
delivering a focused, flexible ERP system will be increasingly attractive to pragmatic manufacturers seeking a long-term fit of their 
business  systems  in  support  of  their  strategy  in  changing  markets.  We  are  committed  to  continuous  investment  in  product 
development to ensure our products have the necessary capabilities to meet the needs of our global customers and enhance our 
competitive position in the vertical markets we serve. 

9 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Focus on global manufacturing and leverage expertise within key vertical markets. Many manufacturers operate globally, 
requiring a provider that can tailor solutions to the unique needs of their markets, deliver local and global services resources and 
support  local  languages.  Solutions  must  be  cost  effective  and  easy  to  implement  and  use.  Our  solutions  offer  many  benefits  to 
customers with global operations, including capabilities that support operations in multiple geographies with a variety of languages 
and currencies, as well as compliance with complex local regulations and business practices. Our existing global footprint is a key 
leverage point for meeting these needs by utilizing offices, personnel and partnerships in many countries around the world. We also 
employ staff with specific knowledge and experience in the industries in which our customers operate. We provide our solutions to 
26 segments across six vertical manufacturing markets; and we actively participate in several leading industry associations; and 
pride ourselves on the deep expertise of our staff. Our industry knowledge continues to deepen through regular interaction with our 
customers. This collective experience allows QAD to develop solutions with specific capabilities that address our customers’ needs 
in the industries they serve. 

Enhance  customer  experience  to  deliver  continuous  value  and  maximize  customer  retention.  Through  award-winning 
customer engagement, recognized by Consumer Goods Technology Magazine for four straight years, QAD delivers a continuous 
improvement process to enable continued alignment for the long term between our customers’ business strategy, people, processes, 
and best practices; and the technology that supports it. We strive to engage with every customer every year, frequently conducting 
reviews of their business processes and presenting opportunities  for improvement. Our deep vertical segment focus and strong, 
ongoing customer relationships drive continuous development of industry-specific functionality. As a result, we have maintained 
retention rates in excess of 90% annually. 

TECHNOLOGY 

QAD Enterprise Applications was designed to achieve our vision for global manufacturing companies to effectively run their 
business processes at peak efficiency, in alignment with their strategic goals. We have chosen the best technologies to achieve our 
vision, focusing on user experience, integration, business services, analytics, databases and deployment flexibility. We embrace 
‘openness’ as a core principle of our designs, aiming to allow customers freedom of choice of devices and open connectivity with 
other systems. The core of QAD Enterprise Applications is built on a services-oriented architecture, which allows QAD Enterprise 
Applications’ components to communicate with one another through industry-standard messaging techniques like Representation 
State Transfer services. This allows customers to exploit the full benefit of QAD’s open architecture for their businesses. 

QAD Enterprise Applications core systems are built upon the QAD Enterprise Platform. The QAD Enterprise Platform is a 
micro-services architecture with the technologies and development tools needed to build a world class user experience (UX) with 
comprehensive functionality for global manufacturing companies.  This functionality is encapsulated into Apps that can be upgraded 
independently of each other as well as extended by customers.  Apps can be accessed securely over the Internet via a web browser 
or  mobile  devices  (iOS  and  Android).  The  platform  provides  many  advanced  services  to  Apps  like  an  App  builder,  security, 
integration, cloud support, analytics, mobile, collaboration and a world-class UX.  The platform supports UX, code, data and cloud 
flexibility to adapt readily to the ever-changing world of technology.  The UX is built using the latest open web technologies to 
support a rich HTML5 user interface. Business logic can be implemented in JavaScript via the more structured Type Script, Oracle’s 
Java or Progress Software Corporation’s OpenEdge language. Databases include MySQL and Progress OpenEdge. 

QAD’s enterprise architecture provides significant flexibility for global companies in deploying QAD Enterprise Applications. 
Our enterprise architecture allows companies to separate the legal structure of their business from physical operating locations or 
to separate both of these from the software instances and computer hardware that support them. With QAD enterprise architecture, 
customers can choose which sites are a part of which companies, which sites are supported on any instance of the application, or 
which sites operate as one instance. Customers can also choose centralized, decentralized or hybrid computing architectures with 
parts of their enterprise running from both central resources and local resources. 

QAD  combines  our  technologies  to  provide  a  comprehensive  cloud  solution  for  our  customers.  Our  cloud  architecture 
encompasses infrastructure provisioning and application deployment, management, monitoring and security; providing a world-
class development operations practice built around Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL) standards. QAD’s cloud 
infrastructure operates on a Cloud Management Platform. This enables QAD to seamlessly deploy customer systems to one of a 
number of global cloud infrastructure providers as part of the QAD Cloud offering.  Our cloud delivery centers are certified under 
the  ISO  9001:2008  standard  for  quality  management,  the  ISO  20000:2011  standard  for  service  management  (SMS),  the  ISO 
27001:2013 standard for information security management (ISMS), the FDA 21 CFR Part 11 requirements for electronic records 
and signatures, and the SSAE 16 (SOC I-Type II) requirements for reporting and compliance controls. 

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 

Rapid change in the technology industry continued through fiscal 2018 and the manufacturing sector was focused on the IoT, 
Machine Learning, Augmented Reality and Predictive Analytics. In addition, our customers and the industries that we support are 
continually evolving with a focus on Industry 4.0, as do their expectations for integration, performance and the user experience of 
our software. We continue to maintain a global research and development organization that provides new product enhancements to 
the market on a semiannual basis in order to be responsive to industry and regulatory changes. 

10 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The enterprise software industry is continuing its transition from selling on-premise licenses to selling cloud-based solutions, 
which include more integration to IoT devices, social media interaction, mobile computing and platform services capabilities. In 
fiscal 2018, we released a major upgrade to the Enterprise Edition software suite that was focused on supply chain efficiencies and 
flexible manufacturing. We also introduced a new module focused on Revenue Recognition in support of new accounting standards: 
U.S.  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  Accounting  Standards  Update  2014-09,  Revenue  from  Contracts 
with Customers (Topic 606) and International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) International Financial Reporting Standard 
15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers that went into effect for publicly-traded companies for fiscal years beginning December 
15, 2017 and thereafter. 

We continued the transition of our business model and product suite to cloud-based offerings as we released another version of 
our latest user experience and QAD Enterprise Platform in the sales, service and purchasing areas of the product suite to our cloud 
customers.  Our  latest  release  supports  mobile  applications  for  decision  making  and  provides  insights  into  the  health  of  our 
customers’ businesses. This offering is designed to give our customers even more value and flexibility when using our product suite 
with a secure browser from anywhere the user has connectivity. We take security very seriously, and with every new release we 
have  our  software  verified  through  an  outside  firm  by  scanning  all  the  source  code  and  performing  penetration  testing  to 
preemptively identify and remove security flaws. With our web services, rich set of API’s and the QAD Enterprise Platform, our 
customers can more easily connect our product suite to other applications. 

We dedicate considerable technical and financial resources to research and development to continually enhance and expand 
our product suite. For example, in fiscal 2018, we continued our internationalization program in support of the expansion of our 
global customers. As we ended fiscal 2018 we were supporting our customers in over 70 countries with a single solution managed 
and maintained by QAD’s research and development organization. We see a growing trend to move toward electronic invoicing 
and registration of shipments and invoices with governments to prevent falsification and tax avoidance. Our goal is to provide our 
customers with software that assists them in meeting the legal requirements of the countries in which they do business. 

We operate a global research and development (“R&D”) organization comprised of 420 R&D employees located in offices in 
the United States, India, China, Ireland, Australia, France, Belgium, Spain, Brazil, Mexico and Great Britain. Our R&D expenses 
totaled $47.7 million, $43.6 million and $41.2 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our software is primarily 
developed internally; however, we also use independent firms and contractors to perform some of our product development activities 
when we require additional resources or specific skills or knowledge. All outside development is managed by our internal R&D 
organization. As needed, we acquire products or technology developed by others by purchasing or licensing products and technology 
from  third  parties.  We  continually  review  these  investments  in  an  effort  to  ensure  that  we  are  generating  sufficient  revenue  or 
gaining enough competitive advantage to justify their costs. We routinely translate our product suite into fourteen languages and 
through our internationalization program we support mandatory governmental regulations and reporting requirements for over 70 
countries. This is accomplished through a single offering for our customers in the cloud or on-premise, allowing them to run their 
businesses using a consistent core business model with the deployment model of their choice. 

We plan to continue to manage significant product development operations internationally over the next several years. We 
believe that our ability to conduct research and development at various locations throughout the world allows us to optimize product 
development  at  lower  costs,  and  integrate  local  market  knowledge  into  our  development  activities.  We  continually  assess  the 
significant costs and challenges, including intellectual property protection, against the benefits of our international development 
activities.  

DIRECT AND INDIRECT SALES 

QAD sells its products and services through direct and indirect sales channels located throughout the regions of North America, 
Latin  America,  EMEA  and  Asia  Pacific.  Each  region  leverages  global  standards  and  systems  to  enhance  consistency  when 
interacting with global customers. Additionally, we have a global strategic accounts team, which is responsible for managing QAD’s 
largest global customers across regions. 

Our direct sales organization includes approximately 70 commissioned sales people. Incentive pay is a significant portion of 
the total compensation package for our sales staff. We continually align our sales organization and business strategies with market 
conditions to maintain an effective sales process. We cultivate the industries we serve within each territory through marketing, local 
product development and sales training. 

Our indirect sales channel consists of approximately 40 distributors and sales agents worldwide. We do not grant exclusive 
rights to any of our distributors or sales agents. Our distributors and sales agents primarily sell independently to companies within 
their  geographic  territory,  but  may  also  work  in  conjunction  with  our  direct  sales  organization.  We  also  identify  global  sales 
opportunities through our relationships with implementation service providers, hardware vendors and other third parties. 

11 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
MARKETING 

Our marketing strategy is to differentiate our offering by focusing on our role in providing value by helping our customers 
achieve the vision of the Effective Enterprise. Our main marketing objectives are to leverage the measurable success in business 
outcomes our customers have achieved and highlight hidden costs prospects may face to increase awareness and drive leads. We 
do this by openly and consistently communicating with QAD customers, prospects, partners, investors and other key audiences. 
Our primary marketing activities include: press and industry analyst relations to garner third-party validation and generate positive 
coverage for our company, offerings and value proposition; user conferences and events, such as Explore, as well as participation 
in other industry events, to create customer and prospect awareness; content marketing and engagement on social channels like 
Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and YouTube; search engine optimization, retargeting and pay per click advertising to drive traffic to 
our web properties; web site development and gamification to engage and educate prospects and generate interest through product 
information  and  demonstrations,  case  studies,  white  papers,  and  marketing  collateral;  customer  testimonials,  references,  and 
referrals; and sales tools and field marketing events to enable our sales organization to more effectively convert leads into customers. 

We recognize the changing buying dynamics and are focused on engaging with prospects early in the sales cycle in order to 
help set the buying criteria and specifications in a way that uniquely leads to QAD. We seek to accelerate prospects through the 
buying journey by demonstrating the value of our products, answering questions, and removing roadblocks. 

COMPETITION 

Every aspect of our business is affected by strong competition from both enterprise software application vendors and cloud 
computing  application  services  providers.  The  markets  for  our  on-premise  and  cloud  offerings  are  rapidly  evolving;  highly 
competitive;  and  subject  to  changing  technology,  shifting  customer  needs  and  frequent  introductions  of  new  applications.  Our 
customers demand greater performance and reliability with lower complexity. Cost of implementation or conversion to the cloud 
and cost of ongoing maintenance and subscription are constant concerns when our customers make decisions about how best to 
deploy their resources. 

In the on-premise space, we compete with some of the largest and most competitive enterprise application vendors in the world, 
such  as  SAP  and  Oracle,  who  hold  significant  market  share  in  the  traditional  marketplace.  These  companies  have  considerable 
financial resources and name recognition; and have established broad market solutions by developing applications targeted at many 
industries, not just manufacturing. They often focus heavily on positioning their size as an advantage. We typically differentiate 
against these companies based on the specific industry focus of our solutions as well as our customer focus. Internationally, we face 
competition from local companies, as well as the large enterprise application competitors, many of which have products tailored for 
those local markets. 

In addition, our industry has shifted focus from on-premise to cloud and mobile computing. Most enterprise application vendors 
today  have  some  focus  on  cloud  solutions,  in  addition  to  on-premise  sales,  which  creates  an  environment  in  which  we  face 
competition from a variety of vendors that address one or more of our applications. As a result, our cloud solutions compete with 
both large enterprise software vendors and cloud computing application service providers. Smaller cloud computing vendors have 
so far targeted the lower end of the manufacturing supply chain market where companies operate in a single plant or single currency 
environment focusing mainly in the U.S. domestic market. Adding to this, other vendors that provide services in different markets 
may develop solutions in our target markets and some potential customers may elect to develop their own internal solutions. 

We believe the key competitive factors in our markets are: 

●  Customer focus 
●  Customer outcomes 
●  Flexibility to meet changing business requirements 
●  Total cost of ownership 
●  Performance and reliability 

12 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Security 
●  Solution breadth and functionality 
●  Technological innovation 
●  Usability 
●  Ability to tailor and customize services for a specific company, vertical or industry 
●  Compatibility  between  products  and  services  deployed  within  on-premise  IT  environments  and  public  cloud  IT

environments 

●  Speed and ease of deployment, use and maintenance 
●  Financial resources; and 
●  Reputation of the vendor. 

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. To further our market success, we must continue to respond 
promptly and effectively to technological change and competitors’ innovations. Our ability to remain competitive will depend on 
our efforts in the areas of product development and sales, services and support operations. 

EMPLOYEES 

As of January 31, 2018, we had 1,870 full-time employees, including 910 in support, subscription and professional services, 
420  in  research  and  development,  310  in  sales  and  marketing  and  230  in  administration.  Generally,  our  employees  are  not 
represented by collective bargaining agreements. However, certain employees in our Netherlands, France and Belgium subsidiaries 
are represented by statutory works councils as required under local law. Employees of our Brazilian subsidiary are represented by 
a collective bargaining agreement with the Data Processing Union. 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright, trade secret and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as 
well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology and our brands and we maintain 
programs to protect and grow our rights. We also enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, 
consultants and other third parties and control access to software, services, documentation and other proprietary information. 

SEASONALITY 

Our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for new business and maintenance renewals. For a more detailed 
discussion,  see  the  “Seasonal  Nature  of  Deferred  Revenue,  Accounts  Receivable  and  Operating  Cash  Flow”  discussion  in 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis. 

SEGMENT REPORTING 

We operate in a single reporting segment. Geographical financial information for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 is presented 

in Note 12 within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments filed or 
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on 
our  website  at  www.qad.com,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  such  reports  have  been  electronically  filed  or  otherwise 
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. We are not including the information contained on our website as part of, or 
incorporating it by reference into, this annual report on Form 10-K. 

13 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

The  environment  in  which  we  operate  involves  significant  risks  and  is  subject  to  factors  beyond  our  control.  You  should 
consider the risk factors described below before investing in our stock as such risks may have a material adverse effect on our 
business, results of operations and financial condition and could cause the price of our stock to decline. Please note that the risk 
factors described below are not exhaustive. 

Risks associated with our cloud service offerings 

Defects and disruptions in our services could diminish demand for our services and subject us to liability. 

Our cloud service offerings are complex and incorporate a variety of hardware and proprietary and third-party software, and 
may  have  errors  or  defects  that  could  result  in  unanticipated  downtime  for  our  customers  and  harm  to  our  reputation  and  our 
business. We have from time to time found defects in our services and new defects may be discovered in the future, especially in 
connection with the integration of new technologies and the introduction of new services. As a result, we could lose future sales 
and existing customers could elect to cancel or make warranty or other claims against us and potentially expose us to the expense 
and risk of litigation. 

Our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected if we do not properly manage our cloud service offerings. 

We expend significant resources to improve the reliability and security of our cloud offerings and the cost of these investments 
could  reduce  our  profitability.  The  pricing  and  other  terms  of  some  of  our  cloud  agreements  require  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts that could differ from actual results. Early termination, increased costs or 
unanticipated  delays  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  profit  margin  and  generate  negative  cash  flow.  Further,  if  we 
experience delays in implementing new cloud customers (whether due to product defects, system complexities or other factors) then 
customers may delay the deployment of additional users and sites, which could adversely affect our revenue growth. If we fail to 
meet our system availability commitments or other customer obligations then we may be required to give credits or refund fees, and 
we may be subject to litigation and loss of customer business. For example, if we were to miss our system availability commitments 
then we are obligated under our standard customer contracts to issue one day’s credit against future fees for each hour of system 
unavailability.  

Our cloud retention rate is dependent upon a number of factors that may impact our ability to accurately predict growth in our 
cloud business. 

Our cloud customers typically enter into subscription agreements with an initial term of 12 to 60 months. Our customers have 
no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their subscription period, and some customers may elect (for a 
variety of reasons, including a business downturn) not to renew, or may elect to renew at a lower subscription level. Growth in our 
cloud business may be affected by our inability to maintain high retention rates and sell additional features and services to our 
current customers, which could depend on a number of factors, including customers’ satisfaction with our products and services, 
the prices of our offerings and general economic conditions. We cannot provide assurance that our subscriptions will be renewed at 
the same or higher levels of service, for the same number of users or for the same duration of time, if at all, or that we will be able 
to accurately predict future customer retention rates. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions or if they renew on terms 
less favorable to us, the rate at which our cloud business grows may decline and our revenue may be reduced. 

We rely on third-party hosting and other service providers. 

We currently serve our cloud customers from third-party data center hosting facilities located in the United States and other 
countries.  We  do  not  control  the  operation  of  any  of  these  facilities,  and  they  may  be  subject  to  damage  or  interruption  from 
earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to breaches of 
computer  hardware  and  software  security,  break-ins,  sabotage,  intentional  acts  of  vandalism  and  similar  misconduct.  Despite 
precautions  taken  at  these  facilities,  the  occurrence  of  a  natural disaster  or  an  act  of  terrorism,  a  decision  to  close  the  facilities 
without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Even 
with  our  disaster  recovery  precautions,  our  services  could  be  interrupted.  Any  loss  or  interruption  of  these  services  could 
significantly increase our expenses and/or result in errors or a failure of our services which could adversely affect our business. In 
addition, these vendor services may not continue to be available at reasonable prices or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. 

We may be exposed to liability and loss from cyber security breaches. 

Our cloud services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ proprietary information, and security breaches could 
expose  us  to  a  risk  of  loss  of  this  information,  resulting  in  litigation  and  possible  liability.  Security  breaches  may  also  include 
“denial-of-service” attacks, which can potentially disrupt our operations and our customers’ operations. Security measures may be 
breached in numerous ways, such as remote or on-site break-ins by computer hackers, disgruntled employees or employee error 
during transfer of data to additional data centers or at any time, and result in unauthorized access to our own and our customers’ 

14 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
data, intellectual property and other confidential business information. Additionally, third parties may attempt to induce employees 
or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our 
own and our customers’ data, intellectual property and other confidential business information. Because the techniques used to 
obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a 
target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. A security breach could 
cause a loss of confidence in the security of our services, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, create legal liability and 
cause severe and potentially irreparable impact to our business. 

Our  solutions  can  be  used  to  collect  and  store  personal  information  of  our  customers’  employees  or  customers,  and  therefore 
privacy concerns and governmental regulations could result in additional cost and liability to us or inhibit sales of our solutions. 

Regulatory  focus  on  privacy  issues  continues  to  increase  and  worldwide  laws  and  regulations  concerning  the  handling  of 
personal information are expanding and becoming more complex. Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies 
have adopted, or are considering adopting, laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, disclosure and retention of personal 
information. The European Union (“EU”) and the United States entered into a new framework (known as the “Privacy Shield”) in 
July 2016 to provide a mechanism for companies to transfer data from EU member states to the U.S. The Privacy Shield and other 
data transfer mechanisms are likely to be reviewed by the European courts, which may lead to uncertainty about the legal basis for 
data transfers to the U.S. or interruption of such transfers. In the event a court blocks transfers to or from a particular jurisdiction 
on the basis that transfer mechanisms are not legally adequate, this could cause operational interruptions, liabilities and reputational 
harm. These and other requirements could increase the cost of compliance for us and our customers, restrict our and our customers’ 
ability to store and process data, negatively impact our ability to offer our solutions in certain locations and limit our customers' 
ability to deploy our solutions globally. These consequences may be more significant in countries with legislation that requires data 
to remain localized “in country”, as this could require us or our customers to establish data storage in other jurisdictions or apply 
local operational processes that are difficult and costly to integrate with global processes. 

If  we  fail  to  comply  with  such  laws  and  regulations,  we  may  be  subject  to  significant  fines,  penalties  or  liabilities  for 
noncompliance, thereby harming our business.  For example, in 2016, the European Union adopted the General Data Protection 
Regulation (“GDPR”), which establishes new requirements regarding the handling of personal data and which becomes effective 
in May 2018. Non-compliance with the GDPR may result in monetary penalties of up to 4% of worldwide revenue. 

The market for cloud services may not develop as quickly as we expect. 

The market for cloud services is not as mature as the market for traditional enterprise software, and it is uncertain whether 
these services will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend on the willingness 
of customers to increase their use of cloud services in general, and for enterprise applications in particular. Some enterprises may 
be unwilling to use cloud services because they have concerns regarding security risks, international transfers of data, evolving 
regulation, government or other third-party access to data, use of outsourced services providers, and unwillingness to abandon past 
infrastructure investments. If the market for cloud services does not evolve in the way we anticipate or if customers do not recognize 
the benefits of our cloud solutions over traditional on-premise enterprise software products, and as a result we are unable to increase 
sales of subscriptions to our cloud offerings, then our revenues may not grow or may decline and our operating results would be 
harmed. 

Our focus on cloud services may result in the loss of other business opportunities and negatively impact our revenue growth. 

We have focused our sales force, management team and other personnel on growing our cloud business. This strategic direction 
and use of resources could result in the loss of sales opportunities in our traditional license, maintenance and services businesses. If 
our cloud business does not grow in accordance with our expectations and we are not able to cover the shortfall with other sales 
opportunities, then our business could be harmed. Although the subscription model used for our cloud business is designed to create 
a recurring revenue stream that is more predictable, the shift to this model may reduce our license sales, spread revenue over a 
longer period and negatively affect future license, maintenance and services revenue. 

Risks associated with rapid technological change and complexity 

The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid technological change. 

Customer requirements for products can change rapidly as a result of innovation or change within the computer hardware and 
software  industries,  the  introduction  of  new  products  and  technologies  and  changes  to  industry  standards.  Our  future  success, 
including our cloud service offerings, will depend upon our ability to continue to enhance our current product line and to develop 
and  introduce  new  products  and  services  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments,  satisfy  increasingly  sophisticated 
customer  requirements,  keep  pace  with  industry  and  compliance  standards  and  achieve  market  acceptance.  Our  failure  to 
successfully develop or acquire, and market, product enhancements or new products could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. Despite our significant investments in research and development, we may not realize significant new revenue from these 
investments for several years, if at all. 

15 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
New software releases and enhancements may adversely affect our software sales. 

The  actual  or  anticipated  introduction  of  new  products,  technologies  and  industry  standards  can  render  existing  products 
obsolete or unmarketable or result in delays in the purchase of those products. Significant delays in launching new products may 
also jeopardize our ability to compete. If we fail to anticipate or respond to developments in technology or customer requirements, 
have significant delays in the introduction of new products or fail to maintain overall customer satisfaction, this could experience a 
material adverse effect on our business.  

Services engagements are complex and pose material risks. 

Services engagements may involve technological complexity, customer customization requests and other challenges, including 
in connection with our cloud environments, and such challenges demand a significant number of specialized technical resources. 
Our failure to successfully address these issues could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet may negatively impact our business. 

Federal,  state  or  foreign  government  bodies  or  agencies  have  in  the  past  adopted,  and  may  in  the  future  adopt,  laws  or 
regulations relating to Internet usage. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our applications in order to 
comply with these laws or regulations. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees 
or other charges for accessing the Internet or for commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth 
of Internet-related commerce or communications, or negatively impact demand for Internet-based applications such as ours. 

Risks associated with our revenue, expenses and pricing 

Our revenue and profits may fluctuate significantly. 

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future. Such fluctuations have 
resulted from the seasonality of our customers’ manufacturing businesses and budget cycles and other factors. Moreover, there can 
be no assurance that our revenue will grow in future periods. As a result of fluctuating revenue or due to accelerated costs and 
deferred revenue resulting from cloud bookings there can be no assurance that we will be profitable on a quarterly or annual basis. 
However, with the adoption of ASC Topic 606 in fiscal 2019, the company will capitalize sales commission expenses and recognize 
them ratably over the useful life of the customer contract resulting in more accurate predictability of such expenses. 

A significant portion of our revenue in any quarter may be derived from a limited number of large, non-recurring license sales. 

We may experience large individual license sales, which may cause significant variations in license fees being reported on a 
quarterly basis. We also believe that the purchase of our products is discretionary and may involve a significant commitment of a 
customer’s capital resources. Therefore, a downturn in any significant customer’s business could have a significant adverse impact 
on our revenue and profit. Further, we have historically recognized a substantial portion of our license revenue from sales booked 
and shipped in the last month of a quarter and, as a result, the magnitude of quarterly fluctuations in license fees may not become 
evident until the end of a particular quarter. Our revenue from license fees in any quarter is substantially dependent on orders booked 
and shipped in that quarter. We are unlikely to be able to generate revenue from alternative sources if we discover a shortfall near 
the end of a quarter. 

Our financial forecasts are subject to uncertainty to the extent they are based on estimated sales forecasts. 

Our revenues, and particularly our new software license revenue, are difficult to forecast, and, as a result, our financial forecasts 
are  subject  to  uncertainty.  Specifically,  our  sales  forecasts  are  based  on  estimates  that  our  sales  personnel  make  regarding  the 
likelihood  of  potential  sales,  including  their  expected  closing  date  and  fee  amounts.  If  these  estimates  are  inaccurate  then  our 
financial forecasts may also be inaccurate. 

16 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The margins in our services business may fluctuate. 

Services revenue is dependent upon the timing and size of customer orders, as well as upon our related license and subscription 
sales. We may hire additional services staff in anticipation of customer orders and if we are unable to keep the services staff engaged 
on billable matters then our profit margins may suffer. In addition, certain engagements may involve fixed price arrangements and 
significant staffing which require us to make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts. Variances between 
these estimates and assumptions and actual results could have an adverse effect on our profit margin and generate negative cash 
flow and negative services margins. To the extent that we are not successful in securing orders from customers to provide services, 
or to the extent we are not successful in achieving the expected margin on such services, our results of operations may be adversely 
affected. 

The margins in our cloud service offerings may fluctuate. 

Our cloud  service offerings  may involve fixed price arrangements, fixed and up-front costs and  significant staffing which 
require us to  make estimates and assumptions at the time we enter into these contracts. Variances between these estimates and 
assumptions and actual results could have an adverse effect on our profit margin and/or generate negative cash flow. To the extent 
that we are not successful in securing orders from customers to provide cloud services, or to the extent we are not successful in 
achieving the expected margin on such solutions, our results may be adversely affected. 

Because we recognize revenue from cloud services over the term of the subscription, downturns or upturns in new business may not 
be immediately reflected in our operating results. 

We generally recognize subscription revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their subscription agreements. As a 
result, most of the subscription revenue we report in each quarter is the result of subscription agreements entered into during prior 
quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our revenue results 
for  that  quarter.  Any  such  decline,  however,  will  negatively  affect  our  revenue  in  future  quarters.  Accordingly,  the  effect  of 
significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our cloud services, and potential changes in our attrition rate, may not be 
fully  reflected  in  our  results  of  operations  until  future  periods.  Our  subscription  model  also  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  rapidly 
increase  our  subscription  revenue  through  additional  sales  in  any  period,  as  subscription  revenue  from  new  customers  must  be 
recognized over the applicable subscription term. 

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from maintenance renewals with our existing installed base of customers. 

Maintenance renewals are at the customer’s discretion, and customers may elect not to renew. Further, it is our strategy to 
convert existing customers to our cloud services offering, which, if successful, will reduce maintenance renewals. If our existing 
customers discontinue maintenance to a significant degree, our revenues and results of operations will be adversely affected. 

Our maintenance retention rate is dependent upon a number of factors such as our ability to continue to develop and maintain our 
products, continue to recruit and retain qualified personnel to assist our customers, and promote the value of maintenance for our 
products to our customers. 

Our  maintenance  retention  rate  is  also  dependent  upon  factors  beyond  our  control  such  as  technology  changes  and  their 
adoption by our customers, budgeting decisions by our customers, changes in our customers’ strategy or ownership and plans by 
our customers to replace our products with competing products. If our maintenance retention rate decreases, our revenue and results 
of operations would be adversely affected. 

We have risks regarding our pricing and pricing models. 

We are occasionally obliged to offer deep discounts and other favorable terms in order to match or exceed the product and 
service offerings of our competitors. If we do not adapt our pricing models to reflect changes in customer demand resulting from 
rapid technological advances, such as those leading to alternative hosting and cloud service delivery offerings, our revenues could 
decrease. For example, if customer software usage evolves in ways that maintain or increase the value they derive from our products 
while decreasing traditional licensing metrics such as individual users, then if we do not adjust our pricing models accordingly then 
our revenues could decrease. Further, broad-based changes to our pricing models could adversely affect our revenues and operating 
results as our sales force implements, and our customers and accounting practices adjust to, the new pricing models. 

We may have exposure to additional tax liabilities. 

As a multinational organization, we are subject to income taxes as well as non-income taxes in the United States and in various 
foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision and other tax liabilities. 
Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes may differ from what 
is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. In addition, the timing and complexity of the Tax Cuts and Jobs 
Act, enacted on December 22, 2017 (the "Tax Act"), required significant judgment in the interpretation of the Tax Act and our 

17 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
provision for income taxes for the year ended January 31, 2018. The Internal Revenue Service may issue guidance on the application 
of the Tax Act that differs from our judgment and requires us to make adjustments to our calculations that could materially impact 
our effective tax rate and results of operations. 

Our tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control, including: 

●  Changes in jurisdictional revenue mix; 

●  Changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof; 

●  Changes in tax rates; 

●  Changes to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets; and 

●  Assessments and any related tax, interest or penalties. 

If we are deemed to owe additional taxes, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

We report our results based on our calculations of the amount of taxes owed in the various tax jurisdictions in which we operate. 

Periodically, we may receive notices that a tax authority in a particular jurisdiction believes that we owe a greater amount of 
income  tax  than  we  have  reported,  in  which  case  we  may  engage  in  discussions  or  possible  dispute  resolutions  with  these  tax 
authorities. If the ultimate determination of our income taxes owed in any of these jurisdictions is for an amount in excess of the 
tax provision we have recorded or reserved for, our operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected. 
We are also subject to non-income taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, net worth, property and goods and services taxes, 
in the United States and in various foreign jurisdictions. Audits or disputes relating to non-income taxes may result in additional 
liabilities that could negatively affect our operating results, cash flows and financial condition. 

Our personnel restructurings may incur significant expense and be disruptive. 

We have in the past restructured our workforce on a company-wide, business function or geographic basis in connection with 
strategic changes, cost containment and other purposes. Such restructurings, and in particular reductions in the workforce, may 
result in significant severance and other expenses and may also reduce productivity. 

Risks associated with our sales cycle 

Our products involve a long sales cycle and the timing of sales is difficult to predict. Because the licensing or subscription of our 
primary products generally involves a significant commitment of capital or a long-term commitment by our customers, the sales 
cycle associated with a purchase of our products is generally lengthy. 

This cycle varies from customer to customer and is subject to a number of significant risks over which we have little or no 
control.  The  evaluation  process  that  our  customers  follow  generally  involves  many  of  their  personnel  and  requires  complex 
demonstrations and presentations to satisfy their needs. Significant effort is required by us to support this process, whether we are 
ultimately successful or not. If sales forecasted for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter, then we are unlikely to be 
able to generate revenue from alternative sources in time to compensate for the shortfall. As a result, a lost or delayed sale could 
have a material adverse effect on our quarterly and annual operating results. 

18 

 
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
Risks associated with our solutions 

We may experience defects in our solutions. 

Our solutions, including licensed software, cloud services and other services, may contain defects, including security flaws, 
especially when first introduced or when new versions are released. The detection and correction of defects can be time consuming 
and costly. Defects in our solutions, including licensed third-party software, could affect the ability of our products to work with 
other hardware or software products. Defects could delay the development or release of new products or new versions of products 
and could adversely affect market acceptance of our products and our ability to conduct our cloud operations. Defects may also 
impair  our  ability  to  complete  services  implementations  on  time  and  within  budget.  Customers  who  rely  on  our  solutions  for 
applications that are critical to their businesses may have a greater sensitivity to such defects than customers for software products 
generally. Defects could expose us to product liability, performance and warranty claims as well as harm our reputation, which 
could adversely impact our future sales. 

Dependence on third-party suppliers 

We are dependent on Progress Software Corporation. 

The majority of QAD Enterprise Applications are written in a programming language that is proprietary to Progress Software 
Corporation, or “Progress.” These QAD Enterprise Applications do not run within programming environments other than Progress 
and therefore our customers must acquire rights to Progress software in order to use these QAD Enterprise Applications. We have 
an agreement with Progress under which Progress licenses us to distribute and use Progress software related to our products. This 
agreement remains in effect unless terminated either by a written ten-year advance notice or due to a material breach that is not 
remedied. If Progress were to provide notice that it was terminating its agreement with us, this could have a material adverse effect 
on our business and prospects. 

Our success is dependent upon our continuing relationship with Progress. 

Our success is also dependent upon Progress continuing to develop, support and enhance its programming language, its toolset 
and its database, as well as the continued market acceptance of Progress products. A change in Progress’ control, management or 
direction may adversely impact our relationship with Progress and our ability to rely on Progress products in our business. We have 
in the past, and may in the future, experience product release delays because of delays in the release of Progress products or product 
enhancements. Any of these delays could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

We are dependent on other third-party suppliers. 

We resell certain software which we license from third parties other than Progress. There can be no assurance that these third-
party software arrangements and licenses will continue to be available to us on terms that provide us with the third-party software 
we  require,  provide  adequate  functionality  in  our  products  on  terms  that  adequately  protect  our  proprietary  rights  or  are 
commercially favorable to us. 

Certain  QAD  Enterprise  Applications  are  developed  using  embedded  programming  tools  from  Microsoft  and  Sun 
Microsystems  (owned  by  our  competitor  Oracle)  for  the  Microsoft  .NET  framework  and  Java  Programming  environments, 
respectively. We rely on these environments’ continued compatibility with customers’ desktop and server operating systems. In the 
event that this compatibility is limited, some of our customers may not be able to easily upgrade their QAD software. If the present 
method of licensing the .NET framework as part of Microsoft’s Desktop Operating systems is changed and a separate price were 
applied to the .NET framework, our expenses could increase substantially. Similarly, if Oracle decided to charge fees or otherwise 
change the historical licensing terms for Java technology, our expenses could increase substantially. For both of the .Net and Java 
elements, we rely on market acceptance and maintenance of these environments and we may be adversely affected if these were 
withdrawn or superseded in the market. 

Our  partner  agreements,  including  development,  product  acquisition  and  reseller  agreements,  contain  confidentiality, 
indemnity and non-disclosure provisions for the third party and end user. Failure to establish or maintain successful relationships 
with these third parties or failure of these parties to develop and support their software, provide appropriate services and fulfill 
confidentiality, indemnity and non-disclosure obligations could have an adverse effect on us. We have been in the past, and expect 
to be in the future, party to disputes about ownership, license scope and royalty or fee terms with respect to intellectual property. 
Failure to prevail in any such dispute could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
Risks associated with our proprietary rights and customer contracts 

Our intellectual property may be at risk as a result of a variety of different factors. 

We rely on a combination of protections provided by applicable copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, as well as 
on confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our rights in our software and related materials 
and information. We enter into licensing agreements with each of our on-premise customers and these agreements provide for the 
non-exclusive use of QAD Enterprise Applications. Our license contracts contain confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions, a 
limited  warranty  covering  our  applications  and  indemnification  for  the  customer  from  infringement  actions  related  to  our 
applications. In addition, we generally license our software to end-users in both object code (machine-readable) and source code 
(human-readable) formats. While this practice facilitates customization, making software available in source code also makes it 
possible for others to copy or modify our software for impermissible purposes. 

Despite our efforts, it may be possible for others to copy portions of our products, reverse engineer them or obtain and use 
information that we regard as proprietary, all of which could adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, there can be 
no  assurance  that  our  competitors  will  not  independently  develop  technology  similar  to  ours.  In  addition,  the  laws  of  certain 
countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. 

The success of our business is highly dependent on maintenance of intellectual property rights. 

The unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights may increase the cost of protecting these rights or reduce our revenues. 
We  may  initiate,  or  be  subject  to,  claims  or  litigation  for  infringement  of  proprietary  rights  or  to  establish  the  validity  of  our 
proprietary rights, which could result in significant expense to us, cause product shipment delays, require us to enter royalty or 
licensing agreements and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel from productive tasks, whether or not such 
litigation were determined in our favor. 

We  may  be  exposed  to  claims  for  infringement  of  intellectual  property  rights  and  breach  of  contract,  and  we  may  experience 
impairment of our own intellectual property rights. 

Third parties may initiate proceedings against us claiming infringement or other misuse of their intellectual property rights 
and/or breach of our agreements with them. Further, while we actively monitor the adoption of open source software in our software 
development process, it is possible that our use of open source software may inadvertently subject our proprietary software to public 
disclosure and impairment of our intellectual property rights. The likelihood of such instances  may increase as the use of open 
source and other third-party code becomes more prevalent in the industry. Any such instances, regardless of validity, may cause us 
to: 

●  Pay license fees or monetary damages; 

● 

Incur high legal fees in defense of such claims; 

●  Alter or stop selling our products; 

●  Satisfy indemnification obligations to our customers; 

●  Release source code to third parties, possibly under open source license terms; and 

●  Divert management’s time and attention from operating our business. 

We may be exposed to product liability claims and other liabilities. 

While our customer agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to product liability claims and 

other liability, we may still be exposed to liability in the event such provisions may not apply. 

We have an errors and omissions insurance policy which may not totally protect us. 

The Company has an errors and omissions insurance policy. However, this insurance may not continue to be available to us 
on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or a claim otherwise covered by our insurance may exceed our coverage limits, or a 
claim may not be covered at all. We may be subject to product liability claims or errors or omissions claims that could have an 
adverse effect on us. Moreover, defending a suit, regardless of its merits, could entail substantial expense and require the time and 
attention of key management personnel. 

20 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
Risks associated with our market and the economy 

The market in which we participate is highly competitive and if we do not compete effectively our operating results could be harmed. 

The market for enterprise software solutions is highly competitive and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs 
and  introductions  of  new  products  and  services.  Many  of  our  current  and  potential  competitors  enjoy  substantial  competitive 
advantages,  such  as  greater  name  recognition,  larger  marketing  budgets  and  substantially  greater  financial,  technical  and  other 
resources. In addition, many of our current and potential competitors have established marketing relationships and access to larger 
customer bases. A number of companies offer products that are similar to our products and target the same markets. Any of these 
competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies and market trends, and devote 
greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products. Our competitors may also offer extended payment terms 
or price reductions for their products and services, either of which could materially and adversely affect our ability to compete 
successfully. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that 
the competitive pressures that we may face will not materially adversely affect our business, revenue and results of operations. 

We are dependent upon achieving success in certain concentrated markets. 

We have  made a strategic decision to concentrate our product development, as well as our sales and  marketing efforts, in 
certain vertical manufacturing industry segments: automotive, life sciences, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology 
and  industrial  products.  We  also  concentrate  our  efforts  on  certain  geographies,  where  costs  to  expand  our  market  or  stay  in 
compliance  with  local  requirements  could  be  extensive  and  require  a  large  amount  of  resources.  An  important  element  of  our 
strategy is the achievement of technological and market leadership recognition for our software products in these segments and 
geographies. The failure of our products to achieve or maintain substantial market acceptance in one or more of these segments or 
geographies could have an adverse effect on us. If any of these targeted industry segments or geographies experience a material 
slowdown or reduced growth, those conditions could adversely affect the demand for our products. 

Unfavorable economic conditions may adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Our operations and performance are subject to the risks arising from worldwide economic conditions, which are themselves 
impacted  by  other  events,  such  as  financial  crises,  natural  disasters  and  political  turmoil.  In  particular,  the  negative  impact  of 
economic conditions on manufacturing companies could have a substantial adverse effect on our sales, because our products are 
focused on supporting manufacturing companies. Uncertainty about global economic conditions may result in reductions in sales 
of  our  products,  longer  sales  cycles,  slower  adoption  of  new  technologies  and  increased  price  competition  as  manufacturing 
companies may delay, reduce or forego spending in response to declining asset values, tight credit, high unemployment, natural 
disasters, political unrest and negative financial news. Such economic conditions may also result in our customers extending their 
payment periods or experiencing reduced ability to pay amounts owed to us. Uncertainty about global economic conditions could 
also increase the volatility of our stock price. If any of the foregoing occurs, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

Risks associated with our third-party relationships 

We are dependent upon the development and maintenance of sales, services and marketing channels. 

We sell and support our products through direct and indirect sales, services and support organizations throughout the world. 
We also maintain relationships with a number of consulting and systems integration organizations that we believe are important to 
our worldwide sales, marketing, service and support activities and to the implementation of our products. We believe this strategy 
allows for additional flexibility in ensuring our customers’ needs for services are met in a cost effective, timely and high quality 
manner. Our services providers generally do not receive fees for the sale of our software products unless they participate actively 
in a sale as a sales agent or a distributor. We are aware that these third-party service providers do not work exclusively with our 
products and in many instances have similar, and often more established, relationships with our principal competitors. If these third 
parties exclusively pursue products or technology other than QAD software products or technology, or if these third parties fail to 
adequately support QAD software products and technology or increase support for competitive products or technology, we could 
be adversely affected. 

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Risks associated with acquisitions we may make 

We may make acquisitions or investments in new businesses, products or technologies that involve additional risks. 

As part of our business strategy, we have made, and expect to continue to make, acquisitions of businesses or investments in 
companies that offer complementary products, services and technologies or expand our geographical presence. Such acquisitions 
or investments involve a number of risks which could adversely affect our business or operating results, including: 

●  Our business strategy may not be furthered by an acquisition as we planned; 

●  We may be unable to retain customers, vendors, distributors, business partners or other relationships associated with the

acquired business; 

●  Our  due  diligence  may  not  identify  significant  liabilities  or deficiencies  associated  with  the  business,  assets,  products, 

financial condition or accounting practices of an acquired company; 

●  We may have difficulty integrating an acquired business due to incompatible business cultures; 

●  We may incur significant integration costs related to assimilating the operations and personnel of acquired companies; 

●  Acquisition costs may result in charges in a particular quarter, increasing variability in our quarterly earnings; 

●  We may not realize the anticipated revenue increase from an acquisition; 

●  We may be unable to realize the value of the acquired assets relative to the acquisition cost; and 

●  Acquisitions may distract management from our existing businesses. 

These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition such 
acquisitions may cause our future quarterly financial results to fluctuate due to costs related to an acquisition, such as the elimination 
of redundant expenses or write-offs of impaired assets recorded in connection with acquisitions. Also, consideration paid for any 
future acquisitions could include our stock. As a result, future acquisitions could cause dilution to existing stockholders and to 
earnings per share, though the likelihood of voting dilution is limited by the ability of the Company to use low-vote Class A common 
stock  as  consideration  for  potential  acquisitions.  Furthermore,  we  may  incur  significant  debt  to  pay  for  future  acquisitions  or 
investments  or  our  use  of  cash  to  pay  for  acquisitions  may  limit  other  potential  uses  of  our  cash,  including  stock  repurchases, 
dividend payments and retirement of outstanding indebtedness. 

Risks associated with our international operations 

Our operations are international in scope, exposing us to additional risk. 

We derive over half of our total revenue from sales outside the United States. A significant aspect of our strategy is to focus 
on developing business in emerging markets. Our operating results could be negatively impacted by a variety of factors affecting 
our foreign operations, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include currency fluctuations, economic, political or 
regulatory conditions in a specific country or region, trade protection measures and other regulatory requirements. Additional risks 
inherent in international business activities generally include, among others: 

●  Longer accounts receivable collection cycles; 

●  Costs and difficulties of managing international operations and alliances; 

●  Greater difficulty enforcing intellectual property rights; 

● 

Import or export requirements; 

●  Changes in political or economic conditions; 

●  Changes in regulatory requirements or tax law; and 

●  Operating in geographies with a higher inherent risk of corruption, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain
compliance with domestic and international laws, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and
other anti-corruption laws. 

22 

 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
We may experience foreign currency gains and losses. 

We conduct a portion of our business in currencies other than the United States dollar. Our revenues and operating results may 
be  negatively  affected  by  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  Changes  in  the  value  of  major  foreign  currencies, 
including  the  euro  and  Mexican  peso,  relative  to  the  United  States  dollar  can  significantly  and  adversely  affect  our  revenues, 
expenses and operating results. 

Changes in accounting principles, or interpretations thereof, could have a significant impact on our financial position and results 
of operations. 

We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America (“GAAP”). A change in these principles can have a significant impact on our reported results and may even 
retroactively affect previously reported transactions. The adoption of new or revised accounting principles  may require that we 
make significant changes to our systems, processes and controls. 

The  U.S.-based  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  is  currently  working  together  with  the  International 
Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) on several projects to further align accounting principles and facilitate more comparable 
financial reporting between companies who are required to follow GAAP under SEC regulations and those who are required to 
follow International Financial Reporting Standards outside of the United States. These efforts by the FASB and IASB may result 
in different accounting principles under GAAP that may result in materially different financial results for us in areas including, but 
not limited to, principles for recognizing revenue and lease accounting. Additionally, significant changes to GAAP resulting from 
the FASB’s and IASB’s efforts may require that we change how we process, analyze and report financial information and that we 
change financial reporting controls. 

We are exposed to fluctuations in the market values of our investments 

Given the global nature of our business, we have investments both domestically and internationally. Credit ratings and market 
values of these investments can be negatively impacted by liquidity, credit deterioration or losses, financial results, foreign exchange 
rates,  or  other  factors.  As  a  result,  the  value  or  liquidity  of  our  cash  equivalents  and  marketable  securities  could  decline,  thus 
adversely affecting our financial condition and operating results. 

The market for our Class A and Class B common stock is volatile 

Our stock price could become more volatile and investments could lose value. 

The market price of our common stock and the number of shares of each class traded each day has experienced significant 
fluctuations and may continue to fluctuate significantly. The market price for our common stock may be affected by a number of 
factors, including, but not limited to: 

●  Shortfalls in our expected net revenue, earnings or key performance metrics; 

●  Changes in recommendations or estimates by securities analysts; 

●  The announcement of new products by us or our competitors; 

●  Quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations; 

●  A change in our dividend or stock repurchase activities; 

●  Developments in our industry or changes in the market for technology stocks; 

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  Changes in rules or regulations applicable to our business; and 

●  Other factors, including economic instability and changes in political or market conditions. 

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents could adversely impact the market for our 
common stock. 

Our dual-class stock structure could adversely impact the market for our stock. The liquidity of our common stock may be 
adversely impacted by our dual-class structure because each class has less of a public float than it would if we had a single class of 
common stock. In addition, there are fewer Class B shares than Class A shares and Class B shares may be less desirable to the 
public due to the 20% higher dividend on Class A shares. Also, the holding of lower voting Class A common stock may not be 
permitted by the investment policies of certain institutional investors or may be less attractive to managers of certain institutional 
investors. 

If research analysts do not publish research about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common 
stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us 
and our business. If we do not maintain adequate research coverage, or if one or more analysts who covers us downgrades our stock 
or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock could decline. If one or more of 
the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock 
could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

We are obligated to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of 
our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or this internal control may not be determined to be effective, 
which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock. 

We are required, pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), to furnish a report 
by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment includes 
disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, as well as a 
statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on our internal controls. 

While we were able to determine in our management’s report for fiscal 2018 that our internal control over financial reporting 
is effective, as well as provide an unqualified attestation report from our independent registered public accounting firm to that effect, 
we  may  not  be  able  to  complete  our  evaluation,  testing,  and  any  required  remediation  in  a  timely  fashion  or  our  independent 
registered  public  accounting  firm  may  not  be  able  to  formally  attest  to  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting in the future. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal 
control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness 
is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control 
over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls or determine 
we have a material weakness in our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our 
financial reports, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. 

If we are unable to pay quarterly dividends, our reputation and stock price may be harmed. 

Our payment of dividends may require the use of a significant portion of our cash earnings. As a result, we may not retain a 
sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or finance future growth opportunities, new product development initiatives and 
unanticipated  capital  expenditures  which  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance.  Additionally,  our  board  of  directors 
may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Our ability to pay dividends will depend 
on  our  ability  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flows  from  operations  in  the  future.  This  ability  may  be  subject  to  certain  economic, 
financial,  competitive  and  other  factors  that  are  beyond  our  control.  Any  failure  to  pay  dividends  may  negatively  impact  our 
reputation and investor confidence in us and may negatively impact the price of our common stock. 

Our common stock ownership is concentrated 

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents has the effect of concentrating voting control 
with  certain  stockholders,  including  Karl  Lopker  and  Pamela  Lopker,  thus  limiting  our  other  stockholders’  ability  to  influence 
corporate matters. 

24 

 
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Class B common stock has one vote per share and our Class A common stock has 1/20th vote per share. Stockholders who 
hold shares of our Class B common stock together held approximately 80% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock as 
of January 31, 2018. As of January 31, 2018, Karl Lopker and Pamela Lopker jointly and beneficially owned approximately 42% 
of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, representing approximately 68% of the voting power of our 
outstanding capital stock. Currently they have sufficient voting control to determine the outcome of a stockholder vote concerning: 

●  The election and removal of all members of our board of directors; 

●  The merger, consolidation or sale of the Company or all of our assets; and 

●  All other matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of how our other stockholders vote their shares. 

In addition, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to 
our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. 
Because of the 20-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock 
collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class 
B common stock represent as little as 5% of all outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. This concentrated control will 
limit the ability of our Class A stockholders to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market 
price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected. 

This concentrated control limits the ability of our other stockholders to influence corporate matters and also limits the liquidity 
of  the  shares  owned  by  other  stockholders.  Should  the  interests  of  Karl  Lopker  and  Pamela  Lopker  differ  from  those  of  other 
stockholders, the other stockholders may not be afforded the protections of having a majority of directors on the board who are 
independent from our principal stockholders or our management. For example, Karl Lopker’s and Pamela Lopker’s concentrated 
control could discourage others from initiating potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions; and, transactions 
could be pursued that our other stockholders do not view as beneficial. As a result, the market price of our Class A and Class B 
common stock could be adversely affected. 

We are not required to comply with certain corporate governance rules of NASDAQ, that would otherwise apply to us as a company 
listed on NASDAQ, because we are a controlled company. 

Specifically, we are not required to have a majority of independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely 
of independent directors; select, or recommend for the board’s selection, director nominees by a majority of independent directors 
or  a  nominating  committee  comprised  solely  of  independent  directors;  determine  officer  compensation  by  a  compensation 
committee  comprised  solely  of  independent  directors  or  by  a  majority  of  the  board  upon  recommendation  of  a  compensation 
committee comprised solely of independent directors; and satisfy certain responsibilities of the compensation committee prior to 
retaining or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor to the compensation committee. 

Provisions  in  the  Company's  charter  documents  or  Delaware  law  could  discourage  a  takeover  that  stockholders  may  consider 
favorable. 

Our Certificate of Incorporation contains certain other provisions that may have an “anti-takeover” effect. The Certificate of 
Incorporation contains authority for the Board to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock without  stockholder approval. 
Although the Company has no present intention to issue any such shares, we could issue such shares in a manner that deters or seeks 
to prevent an unsolicited bid for us. The Certificate of Incorporation also does not provide for cumulative voting and, accordingly, 
a significant minority stockholder could not necessarily elect any designee to the board of directors. In addition, Section 203 of the 
Delaware Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of us by imposing certain restrictions on various 
business  combinations.  Furthermore,  our  dual  class  structure  concentrates  the  voting  power  of  our  stock  in  a  small  group  of 
stockholders  who  would  have  the  ability  to  control  the  outcome  of  a  stockholder  vote.  As  a  result  of  these  provisions  in  the 
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, including our dual class structure, and Delaware law, our stockholders may be deprived of 
an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and it would be more difficult to replace our directors 
and management. 

25 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
We are dependent upon highly skilled personnel 

Our performance depends on the talents and efforts of highly skilled employees, including the continued service of a relatively 
small number of key technical and senior management personnel. In particular, our Chairman of the Board and President, Pamela 
Lopker, and Chief Executive Officer, Karl Lopker, are critical to overall management of QAD, maintenance of our culture and 
setting our strategic direction. All of our executive officers and key employees are at-will employees and we do not have key-person 
insurance covering any of our employees. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract and retain highly skilled 
personnel in all areas of our organization. Competition for such personnel is intense and many of our competitors are larger and 
have greater financial resources for attracting skilled personnel. The loss of key technical and senior management personnel or the 
inability  to  attract  and  retain  additional  qualified  personnel  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  continued  ability  to  compete 
effectively. 

We have hired personnel in countries where advanced technical expertise and other expertise are available at lower costs to 
improve our cost structure. We  may experience competition  for employees in these countries, which  may negatively affect our 
employee retention efforts and increase our expenses in an effort to offer a competitive compensation program. 

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business 

Our  corporate  headquarters,  including  network  infrastructure,  internal  technology  systems  and  certain  of  our  research  and 
development activities, is located in Southern California, a region susceptible to fires, mudslides and seismic activity.  Additionally, 
certain of our other facilities and those of our suppliers and third-party data hosting services, may be located in regions affected by 
natural disasters.  Our corporate headquarters has been disrupted, and any of the aforementioned facilities, suppliers and hosting 
services may be disrupted in the future, by significant natural disasters.  Such a natural disaster, as well as a terrorist attack, cyber-
attack, war or other catastrophic event, may result in power loss, telecommunications failure, loss of access to the Internet, software 
or hardware malfunction, or physical access restrictions that our disaster recovery plans do not adequately address.  This could 
result  in  system  interruptions,  loss  of  intellectual  property,  delays  in  our  product  development,  interruptions  in  our  customer 
services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, which may have a material adverse affect on our business, operating 
results and financial condition, and negatively impact our reputation. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

QAD’s corporate headquarters are located in Santa Barbara, California. The corporate headquarters are owned by QAD and 

consist of approximately 120,000 square feet situated on 28 acres of land. 

In addition to the corporate headquarters, QAD owns a facility in Dublin, Ireland and leases over 25 offices throughout the 
world with lease agreements ending on various dates through fiscal year 2026. QAD’s leased properties include offices in the United 
States, Belgium, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Poland, Spain, The Netherlands, United Kingdom, Australia, China, India, Japan, 
Singapore,  Thailand,  Brazil  and  Mexico.  QAD  will  seek  to  review  lease  commitments  in  the  future  as  may  be  required.  QAD 
anticipates that its current domestic and international facilities are substantially sufficient to meet its needs for at least the next 
twelve months. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We are not party to any material legal proceedings. We are from time to time party, either as plaintiff or defendant, to various 
legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted 
with certainty, management does not believe that the outcome of any of these legal matters will have a material adverse effect on 
our consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

26 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

QAD common stock has been traded on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) since our initial public offering in August 
1997 under the symbol “QADI” through December 14, 2010. On December 14, 2010, QAD shareholders approved a recapitalization 
plan pursuant to which the Company established two classes of common stock (the “Recapitalization”). Our Class A  Common 
Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock  are  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  under  the  symbols  “QADA”  and  “QADB”,  respectively.  The 
following table reflects the range of high and low sale prices of our Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ: 

QADA 

QADB 

   Low Price       High Price      Low Price       High Price   

Fiscal 2018: 

Fourth quarter ................................................................................    $ 
Third quarter ..................................................................................      
Second quarter ...............................................................................      
First quarter ...................................................................................      

43.40    $ 
38.10      
33.40      
30.95      

34.90    $ 
30.25      
29.40      
26.04      

QADA 

34.00  
30.80  
27.13  
26.09  

26.72    $ 
21.58      
24.21      
21.38      

QADB 

Fiscal 2017: 

Fourth quarter ................................................................................    $ 
Third quarter ..................................................................................      
Second quarter ...............................................................................      
First quarter ...................................................................................      

22.90    $ 
18.88      
18.35      
17.11      

31.10    $ 
24.75      
20.53      
21.52      

19.90    $ 
17.05      
13.79      
14.67      

26.20  
21.68  
17.89  
17.85  

   Low Price       High Price      Low Price       High Price   

Holders 

As of March 31, 2018, there were approximately 170 shareholders of record of our Class A common stock and approximately 
145 shareholders of record of our Class B common stock. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers or 
other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by the record 
holders. 

Dividends 

We  declared  four  quarterly  cash  dividends  in  fiscal  2018  of  $0.072  and  $0.06  per  share  of  Class  A  and  Class  B  stock, 
respectively. Continuing quarterly cash dividends are subject to profitability measures, liquidity requirements of QAD and Board 
discretion. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

None. 

27 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
STOCKHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The line graph below compares the annual percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on QAD’s common 
stock with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Computer Index, on an 
annual basis, for the period beginning January 31, 2013 and ending January 31, 2018. 

The graph assumes that $100 was invested in QAD common stock on January 31, 2013 and that all dividends were reinvested. 
Historic stock price performance has been restated to reflect the effect of the Recapitalization for all periods presented. Historic 
stock price performance should not be considered indicative of future stock price performance. 

The following Share Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor 
shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing. 

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
AMONG QAD INC., THE NASDAQ COMPOSITE TOTAL RETURN INDEX, 
AND THE NASDAQ COMPUTER INDEX 

Measurement Periods 
(Annually from Fiscal 
Year 2013 through 
Fiscal Year 2018) 
01/31/13 ............................................................................................      
01/31/14 ............................................................................................      
01/31/15 ............................................................................................      
01/31/16 ............................................................................................      
01/31/17 ............................................................................................      
01/31/18 ............................................................................................      

   QADA 

NASDAQ 
Composite 
Total 
Return 
Index 

NASDAQ 
Computer 
Index 

     QADB 

100.00      
134.48      
145.10      
140.54      
222.26      
334.30      

100.00      
129.27      
141.81      
132.73      
210.02      
281.26      

100.00      
130.61      
147.52      
146.84      
178.69      
235.87      

100.00  
128.08  
151.53  
158.35  
195.80  
276.80  

28 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

   2018 (1) 

Years Ended January 31  

     2017 (2) 

     2015 (4) 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

     2016 (3) 

2014 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
Revenues: 
Subscription Fees .....................................................   $ 
License fees ..............................................................     
Maintenance and other .............................................     
Professional services ................................................     
Total revenue............................................................     
Operating (loss) income ...........................................     
Net (loss) income .....................................................   $ 
Basic net (loss) income per share: 
Class A .....................................................................   $ 
Class B .....................................................................   $ 
Diluted net (loss) income per share: 
Class A .....................................................................   $ 
Class B .....................................................................   $ 
Dividends declared per common share: 
Class A .....................................................................   $ 
Class B .....................................................................   $ 
BALANCE SHEET DATA: 
Cash and equivalents ................................................     
Working capital ........................................................     
Total assets ...............................................................     
Current portion of long-term debt ............................     
Long-term debt .........................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity  .......................................     

69,615    $ 
25,807      
128,142      
81,454      
305,018      
(3,074)     
(9,065)   $ 

52,167    $ 
23,633      
130,406      
71,767      
277,973      
3,364      
(15,450)   $ 

38,806    $ 
29,891      
132,962      
76,193      
277,852      
10,171      
8,912    $ 

28,217    $ 
40,917      
141,295      
84,672      
295,101      
15,985      
12,946    $ 

19,406  
36,176  
139,557  
71,172  
266,311  
9,403  
6,386  

(0.49)   $ 
(0.41)   $ 

(0.84)   $ 
(0.70)   $ 

(0.49)   $ 
(0.41)   $ 

(0.84)   $ 
(0.70)   $ 

0.29    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.29    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.49    $ 
0.41    $ 

0.47    $ 
0.40    $ 

0.29    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.84    $ 
0.70    $ 

0.79    $ 
0.68    $ 

0.29    $ 
0.24    $ 

0.42  
0.35  

0.41  
0.34  

0.29  
0.24  

147,023      
70,960      
299,817      
466      
13,313      
105,628      

145,082      
80,351      
280,890      
446      
13,767      
112,686      

137,731      
86,791      
287,341      
422      
14,191      
128,006      

120,526      
69,757      
282,151      
406      
14,603      
110,565      

75,984  
20,644  
233,672  
389  
15,085  
63,064  

(1)  Fiscal year 2018 net loss includes a $2.0 million estimated tax liability, representing the Company’s best estimate of the
impact of the 2017 U.S. Tax Reform Act (the “Tax Act”) in accordance with QAD’s understanding of the Tax Act and the
related guidance available. 

(2)  Fiscal year 2017 includes placement of a valuation allowance of $16.3 million against U.S. federal and state net deferred

tax assets.  

(3)  Fiscal year 2016 includes an issuance of 450,000 shares of Class A common stock at $20.00 per share for net proceeds to
the Company of $8.4 million after deduction of offering expenses as a result of an option to purchase additional shares
exercised in full by the underwriters related to the stock issuance described in note (4) below.  

(4)  Fiscal year 2015 includes an issuance of 2,000,000 shares of Class A common stock at $20.00 per share for net proceeds

to the Company of $37.0 million after deducting offering expenses. 

29 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF

OPERATIONS 

INTRODUCTION 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated 

Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

QAD (“QAD”, the “Company”, “we” or “us”) is a leading provider of flexible, cloud-based and on-premise enterprise software 
and services for global manufacturing companies.  QAD Enterprise Applications support operational requirements in the areas of 
financials, customer management, supply chain, manufacturing, service and support, analytics, business process management and 
integration.  QAD's portfolio also includes related solutions for quality management software, supply chain management software, 
transportation  management  software  and  business-to-business  interoperability.    Since  1979,  QAD  solutions  have  supported 
customers in the automotive, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology, industrial manufacturing and life sciences 
industries to better align operations with their strategic goals to become Effective Enterprises.  

We have four principal sources of revenue: 

● Subscription of Enterprise Applications through our cloud offering in a Software as a Service (“SaaS”) model as well as other

hosted applications; 

● License purchases of Enterprise Applications; 

● Maintenance and support, including technical support, training materials, product enhancements and upgrades; and 

● Professional services, including implementations, technical and application consulting, training, migrations and upgrades. 

We operate primarily in the following four geographic regions: North America, Latin America, EMEA and Asia Pacific. In 
fiscal 2018, approximately 46% of our total revenue was generated in North America, 29% in EMEA, 17% in Asia Pacific and 8% 
in  Latin  America.  The  majority  of  our  revenue  is  generated  from  global  customers  who  have  operations  in  multiple  countries 
throughout the world. Subscription, license and maintenance revenues are generally assigned to the region where a majority of the 
end users are located. Services revenue is assigned based on the region where the services are delivered. A significant portion of 
our revenue and expenses are derived from international operations which are primarily conducted in foreign currencies. As a result, 
changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar have impacted our results of operations and may impact our 
future results of operations. At January 31, 2018, we employed approximately 1,870 employees worldwide, of which 650 employees 
were based in North America, 590 employees in EMEA, 530 employees in Asia Pacific and 100 employees in Latin America. 

Our customer base and our target markets are primarily global manufacturing companies; therefore, our results are heavily 
influenced  by  the  state  of  the  manufacturing  economy  on  a  global  basis.  As  a  result,  our  management  team  monitors  several 
economic indicators, with particular attention to the Global and Country Purchasing Managers’ Indexes (“PMI”). The PMI is a 
survey  conducted  on  a  monthly  basis  by  polling  businesses  that  represent  the  makeup  of  respective  sectors.  Since  most  of  our 
customers are manufacturers, our revenue has historically correlated with fluctuations in the manufacturing PMI. Global macro 
economic  trends  and  manufacturing  spending  are  important  barometers  for  our  business,  and  the  health  of  the  U.S.,  Western 
European and Asian economies have a meaningful impact on our financial results. 

We are transitioning our business model from traditional perpetual licensing to cloud based subscriptions. During fiscal 2018, 
we closed most of our new customer deals in the cloud. In addition, we converted many of our existing customers from on-premise 
licenses  to  our  cloud  based  solution.  Recurring  revenue,  which  we  define  as  subscription  revenue  plus  maintenance 
revenue, accounted for 65% of total revenue for fiscal 2018, compared to 66% one year ago. By reducing our customers’ up-front 
costs and providing more flexibility in how customers gain access to and pay for our products, we expect our cloud business model 
will be more attractive to our customers than perpetual licenses. We anticipate this will increase our long-term revenue growth rate 
by increasing total subscriptions and customer value over time.  

30 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
FISCAL 2018 OPERATING RESULTS 

To  provide  a  framework  for  assessing  how  our  underlying  businesses  performed  excluding  the  effect  of  foreign  currency 
fluctuations, we compare the changes in results from one period to another period using constant currency. In order to calculate our 
constant currency results, we apply the current foreign currency exchange rates to the prior period results. In the tables below, we 
present the change based on actual results in reported currency and in constant currency (in thousands): 

Year 
Ended 
January 
31, 2018      

Year 
Ended 
January 
31, 2017      

Favorable 
(Unfavorable) 
Change in 
Constant 
Currency 

Favorable 
(Unfavorable) 
Change due 
to Currency 
Fluctuations      

Total 
Favorable 
(Unfavorable) 
Change as 
Reported  

Total revenue............................................................   $  305,018    $  277,973    $ 
130,851      
Cost of revenue ........................................................     
147,122      
Gross profit ..............................................................     
143,758      
Operating expenses ..................................................     
3,364    $ 
(Loss) income from operations ................................   $ 

149,425      
155,593      
158,667      
(3,074)   $ 

24,118    $ 
(17,356)     
6,762      
(13,882)     
(7,120)   $ 

2,927    $ 
(1,218)     
1,709      
(1,027)     
682    $ 

27,045   
(18,574 )
8,471   
(14,909 )
(6,438 )

In fiscal 2018, our total revenue was positively impacted by the weakening of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies. 
Approximately 54% of our total revenue is generated outside the U.S. and we expect that a significant portion of our business will 
continue to be conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the euro. Total revenue for fiscal 2018 was 10% higher 
than in fiscal 2017, and included a favorable currency impact of $2.9 million. In constant currency, total revenue increased by $24.1 
million, driven by higher subscription revenue from our cloud offering and higher services activity. In constant currency, income 
from operations declined by $7.1 million. We generated a significant amount of new cloud business in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2018, which resulted in higher commissions and bonuses without the associated revenue, as we currently recognize those expenses 
up front while the revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period. Higher sales expenses combined with lower margins in 
our professional services business resulted in a pre-tax loss in fiscal 2018. We expect profitability will improve in fiscal 2019.  

Subscription Revenue. Subscription revenue consists of recurring fees from customers to access our products via the cloud and 
other subscription offerings. Our cloud offerings typically include access to QAD software, hosting, support and product updates, 
if and when available. Included in subscription revenue are the fees for transition services such as set up, configuration, database 
conversion and migration. Sales of QAD Enterprise Applications in the cloud represented over 85% of our total subscription revenue 
in  fiscal  2018  and  2017.  Our  subscription  revenue  represented  23%  and  19%  of  our  total  revenue  in  fiscal  2018  and  2017, 
respectively.  Our  cloud  customer  retention  rate  is  in  excess  of  90%.  We  track  our  retention  rate  of  cloud  and  maintenance  by 
calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized 
revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled during the period. The percentage of revenue not canceled is our 
retention rate. Additional users and additional modules are not included in the annualized revenue for purposes of this calculation. 

On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased by $17.1 million, or 33%, in fiscal 2018 when compared to the 
prior year. Subscription margin improved to 56% in fiscal 2018 from 48% in fiscal 2017. We expect to achieve annual subscription 
margins  of  60%  in  fiscal  2019.  Growing  our  cloud  solution  and  offering  our  products  as  SaaS  continues  to  be  a  key  strategic 
initiative for us. Subscription revenue is billed on a quarterly or annual basis and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, 
typically 12 to 60 months. 

Our cloud customers include a mix of existing customers who have converted from our on-premise model and new customers 
who are implementing our cloud solution. New customers typically generate less revenue up front as compared to customers who 
are converting to cloud. New customers tend to increase the number of users as their sites go live over time. Existing customers are 
already using our product at the time of conversion to the cloud; therefore, a greater number of sites and users generally go live 
from the conversion date. Internally we track new cloud business in the form of bookings, which we define as the average annual 
value of the contract. Our annual growth in bookings was 53% year over year. 

License  Revenue.  License  revenue  is  derived  from  software  license  fees  that  customers  pay  for  our  core  product,  QAD 
Enterprise  Applications,  and  any  add-on  modules  they  purchase.  In  fiscal  2018,  on  a  constant  currency  basis,  license  revenue 
increased  by  $1.7  million,  or  7%.  License  revenue  in  fiscal  2018  was  primarily  a  result  of  our  existing  customers  purchasing 
additional users and modules which we believe was a result of a strong manufacturing economy as denoted by the global PMI in 
excess of 50%. During fiscal 2018 the number of license orders was lower when compared to the prior year, but the average size of 
the orders was higher. Our revenue mix has continued to shift from license to subscription revenue as a result of our business model 
transition. While we expect license revenue to decline over time, we do continue to experience quarterly fluctuations. 

31 

 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
At times, our license revenue is impacted by deferrals. When we enter into a multi-element transaction with fixed fee services 
or  when  we  sell  licenses  for  additional  users  under  a  pricing  model  that  does  not  satisfy  vendor  specific  objective  evidence 
(“VSOE”) requirements, we may be required to recognize license revenue ratably over the longer of the maintenance period or 
expected services implementation timeframe rather than recognizing license revenue at the time of sale. Additionally, if at the time 
of the license sale we have not finalized the services agreement, we will defer the entire arrangement until the services agreement 
is signed. 

We expect new customers are more likely to subscribe to our cloud based offerings rather than purchasing perpetual licenses. 
As a result, we believe a majority of our license revenue will be generated from existing customers and their affiliates. We anticipate 
that  license  revenue  will  decrease  as  existing  customers  elect  to  subscribe  to  QAD  products  in  the  cloud  instead  of  purchasing 
licenses. 

Maintenance  Revenue.  We  offer  support  services  24  hours  a  day,  seven  days  a  week  in  addition  to  providing  software 
upgrades, which include additional or improved functionality, when and if available. In fiscal 2018, on a constant currency basis, 
maintenance revenue decreased by $4.0 million, or 3%. As our customers continue to migrate to our cloud offerings, we believe 
our maintenance revenue is likely to continue to decline. When customers convert to QAD Enterprise Applications in the cloud 
they no longer pay separately for maintenance as those support services are included as a component of the subscription offering.  

Maintenance revenue fluctuations are influenced by: (1) new license revenue growth; (2) annual renewal of support contracts; 
(3) fluctuations in currency rates; (4) adjustments to revenue as a result of revenue recognition rules; and (5) customer conversions 
to the cloud. The vast majority of our customers renew their annual support contracts. Over the last three years, our annual retention 
rate of customers subscribing to maintenance has been greater than 90%. We track our retention rate of cloud and maintenance by 
calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized 
revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled during the period. The percentage of revenue not canceled is our 
retention rate. Conversions to the cloud are not considered cancellations for purposes of this calculation. Maintenance revenue is 
generally billed on an annual basis and recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically twelve months. 

 Professional Services Revenue. Our professional services business includes technical and application consulting; and training, 
implementations, migrations and upgrades related to our solutions. In fiscal 2018, on a constant currency basis, professional services 
revenue  increased  by  $8.9  million,  or  12%.  A  significant  portion  of  our  professional  services  revenue  is  generated  from  cloud 
implementations and upgrade projects for existing customers. These projects are discretionary in nature and are affected by general 
economic conditions in the manufacturing industry and our customers' businesses. As global economic activity has increased, so 
has our professional services business.  We increased our services capacity by adding headcount and partners in fiscal 2018 in order 
to  fulfill  additional  projects.  The  investment  in  hiring  and  training  additional  services  personnel  has  negatively  impacted  our 
professional services margins in fiscal 2018. We expect to improve services margins in fiscal 2019 to slightly above breakeven. 

We manage our partners and subcontractors to supplement our internal resources, which provides us with the flexibility to 
contend with these fluctuations in demand and helps us mitigate low utilization rates in slow times. We believe this also helps us 
extend our global reach by keeping a higher number of partners engaged and knowledgeable about our products. 

Our professional services organization provides our customers with expertise and assistance in planning and implementing 
our solutions whether in the cloud or on-premise. Consultants typically assist customers with the initial installation of a system, the 
conversion and transfer of the customer’s historical data into our software, and ongoing training, education, and system upgrades. 
We believe our professional services help customers implement our software more efficiently, support a customer’s success with 
our  solution,  strengthen  our  customer  relationships,  and  add  to  our  industry-specific  knowledge  base  for  use  in  future 
implementations and product innovations. Our professional services margins have historically ranged from about breakeven to 10%. 
We  believe  we  offer  competitive  rates  and  view  our  professional  services  organization  as  a  department  supporting  the 
implementation and deployment of our products which improves the overall customer experience. Professional services margins 
lower our overall operating margin as professional services margins are inherently lower than margins for our subscription, license 
and maintenance revenues. 

Although  our  professional  services  are  optional,  many  of  our  customers  use  these  services  for  some  of  their  planning, 
implementation, or related needs. Professional services are typically rendered under time and materials-based contracts with services 
typically billed on an hourly basis. Professional services are sometimes rendered under fixed-fee based contracts with payments due 
on specific dates or milestones. 

Professional services revenue growth is contingent upon subscription and license revenue growth and customer upgrade cycles, 
which are influenced by the strength of general economic and business conditions and the competitive position of our software 
products. Our professional services business has competitive exposure to offshore providers which could create the risk of pricing 
pressure, fewer customer orders and reduced gross margins. 

32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Cash Flow and Financial Condition. In fiscal 2018, we generated cash flow from operating activities of $10.4 million. Our 
cash and equivalents at January 31, 2018 totaled $147.0 million, with all of the $13.8 million of debt on our balance sheet related 
to the mortgage of our headquarters. Our primary uses of cash have been funding investment in research and development, growing 
our services organization by hiring 87 employees in fiscal 2018 and funding operations to drive revenue and long-term earnings 
growth.  In  addition,  we  use  cash  for  acquisitions,  dividend  payments,  share  repurchase  programs  and  other  equity-related 
transactions. 

In fiscal 2019, we anticipate that our priorities for use of cash will be developing sales and services resources and continued 
investment in research and development to drive and support growth and profitability. We will continue to evaluate acquisition 
opportunities that are complementary to our product footprint, solutions delivery and technology direction. We will also continue 
to assess share repurchases and dividend payments. We do not anticipate additional borrowing requirements in fiscal 2019. 

Seasonal Nature of Deferred Revenue, Accounts Receivable and Operating Cash Flow. Deferred revenue primarily consists 
of  billings  to  customers  for  maintenance  and  subscription.  When  renewing  maintenance  we  generally  invoice  our  customers  in 
annual cycles and when renewing subscription we generally invoice our customers quarterly or annually. We typically issue renewal 
invoices in advance of the renewal period. Depending on timing, the initial invoice and the subsequent renewal invoice may occur 
in  different  quarters.  This  may  result  in  quarterly  fluctuations  in  deferred  revenue  and  accounts  receivable.  There  is  a 
disproportionate weighting towards annual billings in the fourth quarter, primarily as a result of large enterprise account buying 
patterns.  Our  fourth  quarter  has  historically  been  our  strongest  quarter  for  new  business  and  renewals.  The  year  on  year 
compounding effect of this seasonality in both billing patterns and overall new and renewal business causes the value of invoices 
that we generate in the fourth quarter for both new business and renewals to increase as a proportion of our total annual billings.  

The sequential quarterly changes in accounts receivable, related deferred revenue and operating cash flow during the first three 
quarters of our fiscal year are not necessarily indicative of the billing activity that occurs in the fourth quarter as displayed below 
(in thousands): 

January 31, 
2018 

October 31, 
2017 

July 31, 
2017 

April 30, 
2017 

Fiscal 2018 
Accounts receivable, net ...................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ..................................................................      
Operating cash flow (1) .....................................................................      

83,518    $ 
116,693      
7,574      

50,753    $ 
83,117      
(4,794)     

42,397    $ 
89,661      
(244)     

46,381  
97,235  
7,882  

January 31, 
2017 

October 31, 
2016 

July 31, 
2016 

April 30, 
2016 

Fiscal 2017 
Accounts receivable, net ...................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ..................................................................      
Operating cash flow (1) .....................................................................      

69,441    $ 
104,125      
13,209      

39,100    $ 
73,982      
3,451      

45,468    $ 
85,268      
663      

44,829  
92,640  
1,357  

Fiscal 2016 
Accounts receivable, net ...................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue, current ..................................................................      
Operating cash flow (1) .....................................................................      

65,512    $ 
97,911      
13,892      

41,233    $ 
69,616      
(70)     

45,957    $ 
82,505      
5,748      

51,222  
91,408  
4,487  

January 31, 
2016 

October 31, 
2015 

July 31, 
2015 

April 30, 
2015 

(1)  Operating cash flow represents net cash provided by (used in) operating activities for the three months ended in the periods

stated above. 

Backlog 

Subscription backlog 

       We generally sign multiple-year subscription contracts for our applications, but bill them quarterly or annually. The timing of 
our invoices to each customer is a negotiated term and varies among our subscription contracts. For multiple-year agreements, it is 
common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing followed by subsequent quarterly or annual invoices. At any point in the 
contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are 
invoiced, they are not recorded in revenue, unearned revenue or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements. To the extent 
future invoicing is determined to be certain, we consider those future subscription invoices to be non-cancelable backlog. Future 
invoicing is determined to be certain when we have a fully executed non-cancelable contract and invoicing is not dependent on a 

33 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
future event such as customer funding or the delivery of a specific product or feature. The amount of non-cancelable subscription 
contract backlog was $103.8 million and $73.2 million as of January 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Maintenance backlog 

Maintenance backlog consists of maintenance contracts for licenses of our proprietary software that has not been invoiced. 
Typical maintenance contracts are for a one-year term and are renewed annually. Accordingly, we have historically operated with 
little maintenance backlog. Maintenance backlog was $18.0 million and $11.7 million at January 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

We expect that the amount of subscription and maintenance backlog relative to the total value of our contracts will change 
from year to year due to several factors, including the amount invoiced early in the contract term, the timing and duration of customer 
agreements, varying invoicing cycles, the timing of customer renewals, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign 
currency fluctuations. Accordingly, we believe that fluctuations in backlog are not always a reliable indicator of future revenues 
and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The SEC defines “critical accounting policies” as those that require application of management’s most difficult, subjective, or 
complex judgments. These policies often require us to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain and 
are subject to change in subsequent periods. 

We consider the following policies to be critical because of the significance of these items to our operating results and the 

estimation processes and management judgment involved in each: 

●  Revenue 

●  Accounts receivable allowances for doubtful accounts 

●  Goodwill and intangible assets – impairment assessments 

● 

Income taxes 

●  Stock-based compensation 

Our  senior  management  has  reviewed  these  critical  accounting  policies  and  related  disclosures.  Historically,  estimates 
described in our critical accounting policies that have required significant judgment and estimation on the part of management have 
been reasonably accurate. 

Revenue. We offer our software using two models, a traditional on-premise licensing model and a cloud delivery model. The 
traditional model involves the sale or license of software on a perpetual basis to customers who take possession of the software and 
install and maintain the software on their own hardware. Under the cloud delivery model we provide access to our software on a 
hosted basis as a service and customers generally do not have the contractual right to take possession of the software. 

Revenue is recognized when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists 2) delivery has occurred or services have been 
rendered 3) fees are fixed or determinable and 4) collectability is probable. If we determine that any of the four criteria is not met, 
we will defer recognition of revenue until all the criteria are met. 

Revenue is presented net of sales, use and value-added taxes collected from our customers. 

Software Revenue Recognition (On-Premise Model) 

The  majority  of  our  software  is  sold  or  licensed  in  multiple-element  arrangements  that  include  support  services  and  often 
consulting services or other elements. Delivery of software is considered to have occurred upon electronic transfer of the license 
key that provides immediate availability of the product to the purchaser. Determining whether and when some of the above noted 
revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on the 
timing and amount of revenue we report. Our typical payment terms vary by region. Occasionally, payment terms of up to one year 
may be granted for software license fees to customers with an established history of collections without concessions. 

34 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, we recognize license revenue on delivery using the residual 
method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements (for example, support services, consulting, or other services) in the 
arrangement. We allocate revenue to each undelivered element based on VSOE, which is the price charged when that element is 
sold separately or, for elements not yet sold separately, the price established by our management if it is probable that the price will 
not change before the element is sold separately. We allocate revenue to undelivered support services (maintenance) based on rates 
charged to renew the support services annually after an initial period. We allocate revenue to undelivered consulting services based 
on time and materials rates of stand-alone services engagements by role and by country. We review VSOE at least annually. If we 
were  to  be  unable  to  establish  or  maintain  VSOE  for  one  or  more  undelivered  elements  within  a  multiple-element  software 
arrangement, it could adversely impact revenues, results of operations and financial position because we may have to defer all or a 
portion of the revenue or recognize revenue ratably. 

Multiple-element software arrangements for which VSOE does not exist for all undelivered elements typically occur when we 
introduce a new product or product bundles for which we have not established VSOE for support services or fixed fee consulting 
or other services. In these instances, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the longer of the support services (maintenance 
period) or consulting services engagement, assuming there are no specified future deliverables. In the instances in which it has been 
determined that revenue on these bundled arrangements will be recognized ratably due to lack of VSOE, at the time of recognition, 
we allocate revenue from these bundled arrangement fees to all of the non-license revenue categories based on VSOE of similar 
support services or consulting services. The remaining arrangement fees, if any, are then allocated to software license fee revenues. 
The  associated  costs  primarily  consist  of  payroll  and  related  costs  to  perform  both  the  consulting  services  and  provide  support 
services and royalty expense related to the license and maintenance revenue. These costs are expensed as incurred and included in 
cost of maintenance, subscription and other revenue, cost of professional services and cost of license fees. 

Revenue from support services and product updates, referred to as maintenance revenue, is recognized ratably over the term 
of  the  maintenance  period,  which  in  most  instances  is  one  year.  Software  license  updates  provide  customers  with  rights  to 
unspecified software product updates, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period on a when-
and-if available basis. Product support includes Internet access to technical content, as well as Internet and telephone access to 
technical support personnel. Our customers generally purchase both product support and license updates when they acquire new 
software licenses. In addition, a majority of customers renew their support services contracts annually. 

We occasionally resell third party systems as part of an end-to-end solution requested by our customers. Hardware revenue is 
recognized on a gross basis in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 605-45, Revenue Recognition – Principal Agent 
Considerations. We consider delivery to occur when the product is shipped and title and risk of loss have passed to the customer. 

We execute arrangements through indirect sales channels via sales agents and distributors who are authorized to market our 
software products to end users. In arrangements with sales agents, revenue is recognized on a sell-through basis once an order is 
received from the end user, collectability from the end user is probable, a signed license agreement from the end user has been 
received, delivery has been made to the end user and all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Sales agents are 
compensated on a commission basis. Distributor arrangements are those in which the resellers are authorized to market and distribute 
our software products to end users in specified territories and the distributor bears the risk of collection from the end user customer. 
We  recognize  revenue  from  transactions  with  distributors  when  the  distributor  submits  a  written  purchase  commitment, 
collectability from the distributor is probable, a signed license agreement is received from the distributor and delivery has occurred 
to the distributor, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. Revenue from distributor transactions is 
recorded on a net basis (the amount actually received by us from the distributor). We do not offer rights of return, product rotation 
or price protection to any of our distributors. 

Subscription Revenue Recognition 

We recognize the following fees in subscription revenue: i) subscription fees from customers accessing our cloud and our 
other subscription offerings, ii) transition fees for services such as set up, configuration, database conversion and migration, and iii) 
support fees on hosted products. Our subscription arrangements do not generally provide customers with the right to take possession 
of the subscribed software. 

Subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the initial subscription period committed to by the customer commencing 
when the customer has been given access to the cloud environment. Transition fees are recognized over the estimated life of the 
customer relationship once the customer has gone live. The initial subscription period is typically 12 to 60 months. Our subscription 
services are non-cancelable, though customers typically have the right to terminate their contracts if we materially fail to perform. 
We generally invoice our customers in advance in quarterly or annual installments and typical payment terms provide that customers 
pay us within 30 days of invoice. 

35 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
We  may  enter  into  multiple-element  arrangements  that  may  include  a  combination  of  our  subscription  offering  and  other 
professional  services  or  arrangements  that  may  include  both  software  and  non-software  elements.  We  allocate  revenue  to  each 
element in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition - Multiple 
Deliverable  Revenue  Arrangements.  In  order  to  treat  deliverables  in  a  multiple-deliverable  arrangement  as  separate  units  of 
accounting,  the  deliverables  must  have  standalone  value  upon  delivery.  We  evaluate  each  element  in  a  multiple-element 
arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting 
when the item has standalone value and delivery of any undelivered elements is probable and within our control. Subscription and 
support services have standalone value because they are routinely sold separately by us. Consulting services and other services have 
standalone value because we have sold consulting services separately and there are several third party vendors that routinely provide 
similar consulting services to our customers on a standalone basis. We determine the relative selling price for a deliverable based 
on  its  VSOE,  if  available,  or  Estimated  Selling  Price  (“ESP”),  if  VSOE  is  not  available.  We  have  determined  that  third-party 
evidence  (“TPE”)  is  not  a  practical  alternative  due  to  differences  in  our  service  offerings  compared  to  other  parties  and  the 
availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The determination for ESP is made through consultation with and approval 
by  management  taking  into  consideration  the  go-to-market  strategy.  As  our  go-to-market  strategies  evolve,  there  may  be 
modifications of pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in both VSOE and ESP. 

For  multiple-element  arrangements  that  may  include  a  combination  of  our  subscription  offerings  and  other  professional 
services, the total arrangement fee is allocated to each element based on the VSOE / ESP value of each element. After allocation, 
the revenue associated with the subscription offering and other professional services are recognized as described above. 

Professional Services  

Revenue  from  consulting  services,  which  we  call  professional  services  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  and 
Comprehensive Income, are typically comprised of implementation, development, training or other consulting services sold along 
with on-premise and cloud. Consulting services are generally sold on a time-and-materials basis and can include services ranging 
from software installation to data conversion and building non-complex interfaces to allow the software to operate in integrated 
environments. We recognize revenue for time-and-materials as the service is performed or upon written acceptance from customers, 
if applicable, assuming all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. Consulting engagements can range anywhere 
from one day to many months and are based strictly on the customer’s requirements and complexities and are independent of the 
functionality of our software. Our software, as delivered, can generally be used by the customer for the customer’s purpose upon 
installation.  Further,  implementation  and  integration  services  provided  are  generally  not  essential  to  the  functionality  of  the 
software, as delivered, and do not result in any material changes to the underlying software code. On occasion, we enter into fixed 
fee arrangements in which customer payments are tied to achievement of specific milestones. In fixed fee arrangements, revenue is 
recognized as services are performed as measured by costs incurred to date, as compared to total estimated costs to be incurred to 
complete the work. In milestone achievement arrangements, we recognize revenue as the respective milestones are achieved. 

Accounts  Receivable  Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  The  accounts  receivable  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  is 

comprised of the allowance for bad debt and the allowance for sales adjustments. 

Allowance for Bad Debt 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We review the collectability of our 
accounts  receivable  each  period  by  analyzing  balances  based  on  age  and  record  specific  allowances  for  any  balances  that  we 
determine may not be fully collectible due to inability of the customers to pay. We also provide for a general reserve based on 
historical data including analysis of write-offs and other known factors. Provisions to the allowance for bad debt are included as 
bad debt expense in “General and Administrative” expense. Judgment is required in adjusting our receivables to amounts we believe 
are  realizable,  especially  when  a  customer  is  experiencing  financial  difficulty  or  is  in  bankruptcy.  Although  we  use  the  best 
information available in making our estimates, we may incur additional bad debt expense in future periods which could have a 
material effect on earnings in any given quarter should additional allowances for doubtful accounts be necessary. The determination 
to write-off specific accounts receivable balances is made based on likelihood of collection and past due status. Past due status is 
based on invoice date and terms specific to each customer. 

Allowance for Sales Adjustments 

We do not generally provide a contractual right of return; however, in the course of business we have occasionally allowed 
sales adjustments related to customer dispute resolution. We record a provision against revenue for estimated sales adjustments in 
the same period the related revenues are recorded or when current information indicates additional amounts are required. These 
estimates are based on historical experience, specifically identified customers and other known factors. Although we use the best 
information available in making our estimates, we may incur additional provisions against revenue in future periods which could 
have a material effect on earnings in any given quarter should additional allowances for sales returns be necessary. 

Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets  –  Impairment  Assessments.  When  we  acquire  a  business,  a  portion  of  the  purchase 
consideration is typically allocated to acquired technology and other identifiable intangible assets, such as customer relationships 

36 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
and developed technology. The excess of the purchase consideration over the net of the acquisition-date fair value of identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The amounts allocated to acquired technology and other intangible 
assets represent our estimates of their fair values at the acquisition date. We amortize the acquired technology and other intangible 
assets with finite lives over their estimated useful lives. The estimation of acquisition-date fair values of intangible assets and their 
useful lives requires us to make assumptions and judgments, including but not limited to an evaluation of macroeconomic conditions 
as they relate to our business, industry and market trends, projections of future cash flows and appropriate discount rates. 

We review the carrying value of goodwill using the methodology prescribed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification 350 
Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”). We test goodwill for impairment annually in our fourth fiscal quarter or sooner 
should events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment as required under Accounting Standard Update No. 2011-
08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”). ASU 2011-08 provides for an optional assessment of qualitative factors 
of impairment (“optional assessment”) prior to necessitating a two-step quantitative impairment test. Should the optional assessment 
be utilized for any given fiscal year, qualitative factors to consider include cost factors; financial performance; legal, regulatory, 
contractual,  political,  business,  or  other  factors;  entity  specific  factors;  industry  and  market  considerations;  macroeconomic 
conditions;  and  other  relevant  events  and  factors  affecting  the  reporting  unit.  If,  after  assessing  the  totality  of  events  or 
circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing 
the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. 

Under the two-step quantitative impairment test, we use discounted cash flow models which include assumptions regarding 
projected cash flows. Variances in these assumptions could have a significant impact on our conclusion as to whether goodwill is 
impaired, or the amount of any impairment charge. Impairment charges, if any, result from instances where the fair values of net 
assets associated with goodwill are less than their carrying values. As changes in business conditions and our assumptions occur, 
we may be required to record impairment charges. 

Management evaluates the Company as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes as almost all of our revenue 
streams are generated by the same underlying technology whether acquired, purchased or developed. In addition, the majority of 
our costs are, by their nature, shared costs that are not specifically identifiable to a geography or product line but relate to almost 
all  products.  As  a  result,  there  is  a  high  degree  of  interdependency  among  our  revenues  and  cash  flows  for  levels  below  the 
consolidated entity and identifiable cash flows for a reporting unit separate from the consolidated entity are not meaningful. 

For our annual impairment assessment in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 we did not utilize the optional assessment. An impairment 
analysis  was  performed  at  the  enterprise  level  which  compared  our  market  capitalization  to  our  net  assets  as  of  the  test  date, 
November 30. As our market capitalization substantially exceeded our net assets, there was no indication of goodwill impairment 
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

We  make  judgments  about  the  recoverability  of  purchased  finite  lived  intangible  assets  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Each fiscal year we evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of purchased 
intangible  assets  and  whether  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  warrant  a  revision  to  the  remaining  periods  of  amortization. 
Recoverability  of  finite  lived  intangible  assets  is  measured  by  comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  to  the  future 
undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. 

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our intangible assets are complex and subjective. 
They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors 
such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts. Although we believe the historical assumptions and estimates 
we have made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial 
results. We did not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

Income Taxes.  We are a U.S. based multinational company subject to tax in the U.S. (federal and state) and numerous foreign 
jurisdictions.  Tax laws, regulations, and administrative practices in various jurisdictions may be subject to significant change, with 
or without notice, due to economic, political, and other conditions, and significant judgment is required in evaluating and estimating 
our provision and accruals for these taxes.  There are many transactions that occur during the ordinary course of business for which 
the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Our effective tax rate could be affected by numerous factors, such as intercompany 
transactions, the relative amount of foreign earnings, including earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we 
have  lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates, the applicability of 
special  tax  regimes,  losses  incurred  in  jurisdictions  for  which  we  are  not  able  to  realize  the  related  tax  benefit,  changes  in  our 
deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, and changes in the relevant tax law, accounting, and other laws, regulations, 
administrative practices, principles and interpretations. 

37 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In December 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act") was signed into law. The Tax Act significantly changes how 
the  U.S.  taxes  corporations.  The  Tax  Act  requires  complex  computations  to  be  performed  that  were  not  previously 
required;  significant  judgments  to  be  made  in  interpretation  of  the  provisions  and  significant  estimates  in  calculations;  and  the 
preparation and the analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, 
and other standard-setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Tax Act will be applied or otherwise 
administered that is different from our interpretation. As we complete our analysis of the Tax Act, collect and prepare necessary 
data,  and  interpret  any  additional  guidance,  we  may  make  adjustments  to  provisional  amounts  that  we  have  recorded  that  may 
materially impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which the adjustments are made. 

The amount of income tax we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which sometimes 
results in proposed assessments. Our estimate of the potential outcome for any uncertain tax position requires judgment. For tax 
related  contingencies,  we  account  for  uncertain  tax  positions  based  on  a  two-step  approach:  recognition  and  measurement.  We 
recognize a tax position when we determine that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon ultimate settlement 
with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those positions that do not meet the recognition 
threshold, no tax benefit is recognized in the financial statements. For those tax positions that meet the recognition threshold, we 
measure the tax position as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. We record interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities as income tax expense. We have reserves to address tax 
positions that could be challenged by taxing authorities, even though we believe that the positions taken are appropriate. Our tax 
reserves are reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted as events occur that could affect our liability. 

The carrying value of our deferred tax assets reflects an amount that is more likely than not to be realized with taxable income 
generated by results of future operations. At January 31, 2018, we had $8.6 million of deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances 
and uncertain tax positions, consisting of $43.2 million of gross deferred tax assets offset by valuation allowances of $33.7 million 
and uncertain tax positions of $0.9 million. In assessing the likelihood of realizing tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets 
and  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  we  consider  the  weight  of  all  available  evidence  both  positive  and  negative  including 
expected future taxable income and tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible. For the year ended January 31, 2018, 
management  continued  to  maintain  a  full  valuation  allowance  on  its  U.S.  federal  and  state  deferred  tax  assets.  The  valuation 
allowance increased by $3.8 million primarily due to the foreign tax credits recorded due to the Tax Act. 

Stock-Based Compensation. We account for share-based payments (“equity awards”) to employees in accordance with ASC 
718,  Compensation—Stock  Compensation  (“ASC  718”),  which  requires  that  share-based  payments  (to  the  extent  they  are 
compensatory) be recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income based on their fair values as 
measured at the grant date. The fair value of an equity award is recognized as stock-based compensation expense ratably over the 
vesting period of the equity award. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment and the 
fair value per share of historical grants of equity awards may not be indicative of the fair value per share for future grants of equity 
awards. 

Fair Value of RSUs 

The  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  is  determined  on  the  grant  date  of  the  award  as  the  market  price  of  our 
common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends foregone during the vesting period. As our 
stock price fluctuates, so does the fair value of our future RSU grants. Judgment is required in determining the present value of 
estimated dividends foregone during the vesting period. We estimate the dividends for purposes of this calculation based on our 
historical dividend payments per share, which has remained consistent over the last three years. 

Fair Value of SARs 

The fair value of stock-settled stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is determined on the grant date of the award using the Black-
Scholes-Merton valuation model. One of the inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model is the fair market value on the 
date of the grant. As our stock price fluctuates, so does the fair value of our future SAR grants. Judgment is required in determining 
the remaining inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. Furthermore, the values underlying these inputs fluctuate, which 
impacts the fair value of our future SAR grants. These inputs include the expected life, volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the 
dividend rate. The following describes our policies with respect to determining these valuation inputs: 

Expected Life – The expected life valuation input includes a computation that is based on historical vested SAR exercises and 
post-vest expiration patterns and an estimate of the expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding. Furthermore, 
based on our historical pattern of SAR exercises and post-vest expiration patterns we determined that there are two discernible 
populations, which include QAD’s directors and officers and all other QAD employees. The estimate of the expected life for SARs 
that were fully vested and outstanding was determined as the midpoint of a range as follows: the low end of the range assumes the 
fully vested and outstanding SARs are exercised or expire unexercised on the evaluation date and the high end of the range assumes 
that these SARs are exercised or expire unexercised upon contractual term. 

38 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Volatility  –  The  volatility  valuation  input  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  our  common  stock,  which  we  believe  is 

representative of the expected volatility over the expected life of options and SARs. 

Risk Free Interest Rate – The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of 

grant for the expected term of the SAR. 

Dividend Rate – The dividend rate is based on our historical dividend payments per share. Historically, have we paid quarterly 

dividends at a rate of $0.072 per share of Class A common stock and $0.060 per share of Class B common stock. 

We record deferred tax assets for equity awards that result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount of 
stock-based  compensation recognized and the fair values attributable to the vested portion of those equity awards. Because the 
deferred tax assets we record are based upon the stock-based compensation expenses in a particular jurisdiction, the aforementioned 
inputs that affect the fair values of our equity awards may also indirectly affect our income tax expense. If the tax deduction is less 
than the deferred tax asset, the calculated shortfall would increase our income tax expense. If the tax deduction is more than the 
deferred tax asset, the calculated windfall would decrease our income tax expense. 

To  the  extent we  change  the  terms  of  our  employee  stock-based  compensation  programs  or  experience  fluctuations  in  the 
underlying criteria used to determine our equity award valuations, among other potential impacts, the stock-based compensation 
expense that we record in future periods and the tax benefits that we realize may differ significantly from what we have recorded 
in previous reporting periods. 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 

For a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on 
results of operations and financial condition, see Note 1 “Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies” within the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

We  operate  in  several  geographical  regions  as  described  in  Note  12  “Business  Segment  Information”  within  the  Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements. In order to present our results of operations without the effects of changes in foreign currency 
exchange rates, we provide certain financial information on a “constant currency basis”, which is in addition to the actual financial 
information  presented  in  the  following  tables.  In  order  to  calculate  our  constant  currency  results,  we  apply  the  current  foreign 
currency exchange rates to the prior period results. 

Revenue 

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands)  
Revenue 
Subscription fees .............................   $ 
Percentage of total revenue .............     
License fees .....................................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Maintenance and other ....................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Professional services .......................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Total revenue...................................   $ 

69,615     $ 
23%     
25,807       
8%     
128,142       
42%     
81,454       
27%     
305,018     $ 

52,167     $ 
19%     
23,633       
8%     
130,406       
47%     
71,767       
26%     
277,973     $ 

17,060    $ 

388    $  17,448      

1,746      

428      

2,174      

(3,615)     

1,351      

(2,264)     

8,927      

760      

9,687      

24,118    $ 

2,927    $  27,045      

33%

9%

-2%

13%

10%

39 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
  
 
 
(in thousands)  
Revenue 
Subscription fees .............................   $ 
Percentage of total revenue .............     
License fees .....................................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Maintenance and other ....................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Professional services .......................     
Percentage of total revenue .............     
Total revenue...................................   $ 

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2017 

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

2016 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

52,167     $ 
19%     
23,633       
8%     
130,406       
47%     
71,767       
26%     
277,973     $ 

38,806     $ 
14%     
29,891       
11%     
132,962       
48%     
76,193       
27%     
277,852     $ 

14,155    $ 

(794)   $  13,361      

34%

(5,677)     

(581)     

(6,258)     

-21%

(660)     

(1,896)     

(2,556)     

(3,135)     

(1,291)     

(4,426)     

4,683    $ 

(4,562)   $ 

121      

-2%

-6%

0%

Total Revenue. On a constant currency basis, total revenue was $305.0 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $24.1 million, 
or 9%, increase from $280.9 million for fiscal 2017. When comparing categories within total revenue at constant rates, our results 
for  fiscal  2018  included  increases  in  subscription,  license  and  professional  services  revenue  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in 
maintenance and other revenue. Our customers are widely dispersed and no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total 
revenue in any of the last three fiscal years. Revenue outside the North America region as a percentage of total revenue was 54% 
and 53% for fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. On a constant currency basis, total revenue increased across all regions during 
fiscal 2018 when compared to the same period last year. Our products are sold to manufacturing companies that operate mainly in 
the  following  six  industries:  automotive,  consumer  products,  food  and  beverage,  high  technology,  industrial  products  and  life 
sciences. Given the similarities between consumer products and food and beverage as well as between high technology and industrial 
products, we aggregate them for management review. The following table presents revenue by industry for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 
2016:  

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Automotive .............................................................................................     
Consumer products and food and beverage .............................................     
High technology and industrial products .................................................     
Life sciences ............................................................................................     
Total revenue...........................................................................................     

37%     
16%     
33%     
14%     
100%     

35%     
16%     
33%     
16%     
100%     

32%
21%
33%
14%
100%

On a constant currency basis, total revenue was $278.0 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $4.7 million, or 2%, increase 
from $273.3 million for fiscal 2016. When comparing categories within total revenue at constant rates, our results for fiscal 2017 
included  an  increase  in  subscription  revenue  partially  offset  by  decreases  in  license  fees  and  professional  services  revenue. 
Maintenance and other revenue was generally flat on a constant currency basis. Revenue outside the North America region as a 
percentage of total revenue was 53% and 54% for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. On a constant currency basis, total revenue 
increased in our North America, Latin America and Asia Pacific regions and was flat in our EMEA region during fiscal 2017 when 
compared to the prior year.  

Subscription Revenue. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue was $69.6 million for fiscal 2018, representing a 
$17.0 million, or 32%, increase from $52.6 million for fiscal 2017. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased in 
our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and remained relatively flat in our Latin America region during fiscal 2018 
when compared to the prior year. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily due to sales of QAD Enterprise Applications 
in the cloud, which represented over 85% of total subscription revenue in fiscal 2018 and 2017. Cloud revenue consists of new 
customer sites; existing Enterprise Applications users converting from on-premise; and additional users and modules purchased by 
our existing cloud customers. Approximately half of our new cloud deals comes from existing customers converting Enterprise 
Applications users to cloud users and the other half comes from new customers and new modules. Our cloud customer retention 
rate is in excess of 90%. 

The following table presents cloud revenue by region for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

North America .........................................................................................     
EMEA .....................................................................................................     
Asia Pacific .............................................................................................     
Latin America .........................................................................................     
Total cloud revenue .................................................................................     

54%     
24%     
14%     
8%     
100%     

60%     
17%     
15%     
8%     
100%     

61%
14%
15%
10%
100%

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

40 

 
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
      
         
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
The following table presents cloud revenue by industry for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:  

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Automotive .............................................................................................     
Consumer products and food and beverage .............................................     
High technology and industrial products .................................................     
Life sciences ............................................................................................     
Total cloud revenue .................................................................................     

35%     
15%     
23%     
27%     
100%     

39%     
15%     
18%     
28%     
100%     

42%
16%
16%
26%
100%

We expect the growth rate of subscription revenue in the future to be primarily attributable to growth in sales of our QAD 

Enterprise Applications in the cloud. 

On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue was $52.2 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $14.2 million, or 37%, 
increase from $38.0 million for fiscal 2016. On a constant currency basis, subscription revenue increased across all regions during 
fiscal 2017 when compared to the prior year. The increase in subscription revenue was primarily due to sales of QAD Enterprise 
Applications in the cloud, which represented over 85% of total subscription revenue in fiscal 2017 and 2016.  

License Revenue. On a constant currency basis, license revenue was $25.8 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $1.7 million, 
or 7%, increase from $24.1 million for fiscal 2017. On a constant currency basis, license revenue increased in our North America 
and Asia Pacific regions, and decreased in our EMEA and Latin America regions during fiscal 2018 when compared to the same 
period last year. One of the metrics that management uses to measure license revenue performance is the number of customers that 
have placed sizable license orders in the period. During fiscal 2018, 15 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 
million, two of which exceeded $1.0 million. This compared to fiscal 2017 in which 15 customers placed license orders totaling 
more than $0.3 million, two of which exceeded $1.0 million. The majority of our license revenue has come from additional users 
and module purchases from our existing customers, which we believe is a result of a strong global manufacturing environment. As 
cloud revenue increases we expect license revenue to decline, though there may be fluctuations in license revenue from period to 
period. 

On a constant currency basis, license revenue was $23.6 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $5.7 million, or 19%, decrease 
from $29.3 million for fiscal 2016. On a constant currency basis, license revenue decreased in our North America, EMEA and Asia 
Pacific regions and was flat in our Latin America region during fiscal 2017 when compared to the prior year. During fiscal 2017, 
15 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, two of which exceeded $1.0 million. This compared to fiscal 
2016 in which 18 customers placed license orders totaling more than $0.3 million, none of which exceeded $1.0 million.  

Maintenance and Other Revenue. On a constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue was $128.1 million for fiscal 
2018, representing a $3.7 million, or 3%, decrease from $131.8 million for fiscal 2017. On a constant currency basis, maintenance 
and other revenue decreased in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and increased in our Latin America region 
during fiscal 2018 when compared to the prior year. The decrease in maintenance and other revenue was primarily attributable to 
the impact of customers converting to the cloud. When customers convert to the cloud they no longer pay for maintenance as those 
support services are included as a component of the subscription offering. We continue to see renewal rates consistent with history; 
however, conversions from on-premise to cloud will result in future decreases in maintenance revenue.  

On a constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue was $130.4 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $0.7 million, 
or 1%, decrease from $131.1 million for fiscal 2016. On a constant currency basis, maintenance and other revenue decreased slightly 
in our North America, EMEA and Asia Pacific regions and increased in our and Latin America region during fiscal 2017 when 
compared to the prior year. 

We track our retention rate of cloud and maintenance by calculating the annualized revenue of customer sites with contracts 
up for renewal during the period compared to the annualized revenue associated with the customer sites that have canceled during 
the period. The percentage of revenue not canceled is our retention rate. Conversions to the cloud are not considered cancellations 
for purposes of this calculation. Our maintenance retention rate has remained in excess of 90% for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

Professional Services Revenue. On a constant currency basis, professional services revenue was $81.5 million for fiscal 2018, 
representing a $9.0 million, or 12%, increase from $72.5 million for fiscal 2017. On a constant currency basis, professional services 
revenue  increased  across  all  regions  during  fiscal  2018  when  compared  to  the  prior  year. The  increase  in  professional  services 
revenue period over period can be attributed to a higher amount of professional services revenue per customer as we continue to 
see activity from cloud implementations and existing customer upgrades. In order to support the increase in professional services 
revenue, we have added capacity through additional employees and partners in fiscal 2018. 

41 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
On a constant currency basis, professional services revenue was $71.8 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $3.1 million, or 
4%, decrease from $74.9 million for fiscal 2016. On a constant currency basis, professional services revenue decreased in our North 
America, EMEA and Latin America regions and increased in our Asia Pacific region during fiscal 2017 when compared to the prior 
year. The decrease in professional services revenue period over period can be attributed to a lower number of engagements.  

Total Cost of Revenue 

Year Ended 
January 31,       

(in thousands)  
Cost of revenue 
Cost of subscription.........................   $ 
Cost of license .................................     
Cost of maintenance and other ........     
Cost of professional services ...........     
Total cost of revenue .......................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

(in thousands)  
Cost of revenue 
Cost of subscription.........................   $ 
Cost of license .................................     
Cost of maintenance and other ........     
Cost of professional services ...........     
Total cost of revenue .......................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

2018 

2017 

30,563     $ 
2,946       
31,246       
84,670       
149,425     $ 
49%     

27,027     $ 
2,990       
30,517       
70,317       
130,851     $ 
47%     

(3,449)   $ 
45      
(452)     
(13,500)     
(17,356)   $ 

(3,536)     
(87)   $ 
44      
(1)     
(277)     
(729)     
(853)      (14,353)     
(1,218)   $  (18,574)     

-13%
1%
-2%
-20%
-14%

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Year Ended 
January 31,       

2017 

2016 

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

27,027     $ 
2,990       
30,517       
70,317       
130,851     $ 
47%     

20,635     $ 
3,624       
30,973       
71,330       
126,562     $ 
46%     

(6,504)   $ 
633      
198      
(29)     
(5,702)   $ 

112    $ 
1      
258      
1,042      
1,413    $ 

(6,392)     
634      
456      
1,013      
(4,289)     

-31%
17%
1%
1%
-3%

Total cost of revenue consists of cost of subscription, cost of license, cost of maintenance and other and cost of professional 
services. Cost of subscription includes salaries, benefits, bonuses of our cloud operations employees; stock-based compensation for 
those employees; third-party contractor expense, hosting and hardware costs; royalties; professional fees; travel; and an allocation 
of information technology and facilities costs. Cost of license includes license royalties, amortization of capitalized software costs 
and  fulfillment.  Cost  of  maintenance  and  other  includes  salaries,  benefits  and  bonuses  of  our  support  group,  stock-based 
compensation for those employees, travel expense, professional fees, fulfillment and an allocation of information technology and 
facilities costs. Cost of professional services includes salaries, benefits and bonuses, costs of fulfilling service contracts, stock-based 
compensation  for  those  employees,  third-party  contractor  expense,  travel  expense  for  services  employees  and  an  allocation  of 
information technology and facilities costs. 

Total Cost of Revenue. On a constant currency basis, total cost of revenue was $149.4 million and $132.1 million for fiscal 
2018 and 2017, respectively and as a percentage of total revenue was 49% for fiscal 2018 and 47% for fiscal 2017. The increase in 
total cost of revenue as a percentage of total revenue was mainly due to lower professional services margins and the shift in our 
revenue mix from maintenance to cloud.  The non-currency related increase in cost of revenue of $17.3 million, or 13%, in fiscal 
2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to higher hosting and personnel costs associated with the growth of our cloud 
business and higher third-party contractor, travel and personnel costs associated with increased professional services revenue. 

On a constant currency basis, total cost of revenue as $130.9 million and $125.1 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively 
and as a percentage of total revenue was 47% for fiscal 2017 and 46% for fiscal 2016. The increase in total cost of revenue as a 
percentage of total revenue was mainly due to lower professional services margin and the shift in our revenue mix from on-premise 
licenses to cloud. The non-currency related increase in cost of revenue of $5.8 million, or 5%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016 was primarily due to higher hosting and personnel costs associated with the growth of our cloud business which were partially 
offset by a decrease in license royalties related to a decline in license revenue. 

42 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
      
         
         
        
        
        
  
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Cost of Subscription. On a constant currency basis, cost of subscription was $30.6 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $3.5 
million,  or  13%,  increase  from  $27.1  million  for  fiscal  2017.  The  non-currency  related  increase  in  cost  of  subscription  of  $3.5 
million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to higher hosting costs of $2.5 million, higher salaries and related 
costs  of  $0.8  million  as  a  result  of  higher  headcount  of  approximately  9  people  and  higher  third-party  contractor  costs  of  $0.4 
million. These costs were partially offset by $0.8 million of personnel costs cross charged to our services department to support 
conversion and upgrade projects. Cost of subscription as a percentage of subscription revenue was 44% and 52% in fiscal 2018 and 
2017, respectively. We expect to continue to improve our subscription margins over time as we leverage ongoing economies of 
scale and operational efficiencies, but we also anticipate quarterly fluctuations in our subscription margins as we make investments 
in our data centers and cloud operations to support future growth. Our strategic investments in cloud growth may not match the 
timing of revenue increases. 

On a constant  currency basis,  cost of subscription was $27.0  million for fiscal 2017, representing a $6.5  million, or 32%, 
increase from $20.5 million for fiscal 2016. The non-currency related increase in cost of subscription of $6.5 million in fiscal 2017 
compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher hosting costs of $3.5 million, higher salaries and related costs of $0.9 million 
as  a  result  of  higher  headcount  of  approximately  16  people,  higher  third-party  contractor  costs  of  $0.7  million  and  higher 
professional fees of $0.3 million. In addition, cost of subscription included higher personnel costs from other departments who 
worked on cloud engagements of $1.0 million. Cost of subscription as a percentage of subscription revenue was 52% and 53% in 
fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Cost of License. On a constant currency basis, cost of license was $2.9 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $0.1 million, or 
3%, decrease from $3.0 million for fiscal 2017. As a percent of license revenue, royalty expense remained relatively consistent year 
over year. 

On a constant currency basis, cost of license was $3.0 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $0.6 million, or 17%, decrease 
from $3.6 million for fiscal 2016. Cost of license in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 included lower royalties associated with 
lower license revenue. As a percent of license revenue, royalty expense remained consistent year over year.  

Cost of Maintenance and Other. On a constant currency basis, cost of maintenance and other was $31.2 million for fiscal 2018, 
representing  a  $0.4  million,  or  1%,  increase  from  $30.8  million  for  fiscal  2017.  The  non-currency  related  increase  in  cost  of 
maintenance and other of $0.4 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was due to higher salaries and related costs of $0.4 
million as a result of higher headcount of approximately 3 people. Cost of maintenance and other as a percentage of maintenance 
and other revenue was 24% and 23% in fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

On a constant currency basis, cost of maintenance and other was $30.5 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $0.2 million, or 
1%, decrease from $30.7 million for fiscal 2016. The year over year decrease in cost of maintenance and other was primarily related 
to lower royalties of $0.3 million. Cost of maintenance and other as a percentage of maintenance and other revenue was 23% in 
both fiscal 2017 and 2016. 

Cost of Professional Services. On a constant currency basis, cost of professional services was $84.7 million for fiscal 2018, 
representing a $13.5  million, or 19%, increase from $71.2  million  for fiscal 2017. The non-currency related increase in cost of 
professional services of $13.5 million was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs of $4.4 million, as a result of higher 
headcount of approximately 87 people, higher third-party contractor costs of $3.6 million, higher bonuses of $1.3 million, higher 
travel  of  $1.5  million  and  higher  information  technology  and  facilities  allocated  costs  of  $0.7  million.  In  addition,  cost  of 
professional services included higher personnel costs from other departments for employees who worked on services engagements 
of $1.2 million. Cost of professional services as a percentage of professional services revenue was 104% for fiscal 2018 and 98% 
for fiscal 2017. Our professional services margins have been negatively impacted by headcount additions and increased use of third-
party contractors to fulfill a higher demand for services engagements. Since new hires are not immediately billable, our professional 
services margins are expected to improve as those resources become fully utilized, which we anticipate to occur in fiscal 2019. 

On a constant currency basis, cost of professional services was $70.3 million for both fiscal 2017 and 2016. The non-currency 
related changes in cost of professional services in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 included higher salaries and related costs of 
$1.4  million,  as  a  result  of  higher  headcount  of  approximately  18  people,  higher  bonuses  of  $0.5  million,  higher  information 
technology and facilities allocated costs of $0.4 million partially offset by lower third-party contractor costs of $0.6 million and 
lower travel of $0.4 million. In addition, professional services costs benefited from higher cost relief of $1.6 million related to staff 
who  worked  on  cloud  engagements  and  sales  activities.  Cost  of  professional  services  as  a  percentage  of  professional  services 
revenue was 98% for fiscal 2017 and 94% for fiscal 2016. 

43 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Sales and Marketing 

(in thousands)  
Sales and marketing ........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2018 

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2017 

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

75,368     $ 
25%     

67,194      $ 
24 %     

(7,571 )   $ 

(603 )   $ 

(in thousands)  
Sales and marketing ........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2017 

Year Ended 
January 31, 
2016 

Change in 
Constant       

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

67,194     $ 
24%     

66,535      $ 
24 %     

(1,514 )   $ 

855     $ 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
(8,174 )     

-12% 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
(659 )     

-11% 

Sales and marketing expense includes salaries, benefits, commissions, bonuses, stock-based compensation and travel expense 
for our sales and marketing employees in addition to costs of programs aimed at increasing revenue, such as trade shows, user group 
events,  lead  generation,  advertising  and  various  sales  and  promotional  programs.  Sales  and  marketing  expense  also  includes 
personnel costs of order processing, sales agent fees and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. We pay and 
expense commissions for cloud deals at the time the contract is signed, whereas the related revenue is recognized in future periods. 

On a constant currency basis, sales and marketing expense was $75.4 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $7.6 million, or 
11%, increase from $67.8 million for fiscal 2017. The non-currency related increase in sales and marketing expense of $7.6 million 
in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to higher commissions of $3.2 million, higher salaries and related costs 
of $2.1 million as a result of higher headcount of approximately 16 people, higher bonuses of $1.6 million and higher travel of $0.5 
million. Stronger than anticipated new cloud business bookings in the fiscal 2018 fourth quarter resulted in higher bonuses and 
commissions without the associated revenue, as we currently recognize these expenses up front, while the revenue is recognized 
ratably over the contract period. 

On a constant currency basis, sales and marketing expense was $67.2 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $1.5 million, or 
2%, increase from $65.7 million for fiscal 2016. The non-currency related increase in sales and marketing expense of $1.5 million 
in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  fiscal  2016  was  primarily  due  to  higher  bonuses  of  $0.3  million,  higher  marketing  expense  of $0.3 
million, higher payroll taxes of $0.2 million, higher leave expense of $0.2 million and higher information technology and facilities 
allocated  costs  of  $0.2  million  partially  offset  by  lower  travel  of  $0.4  million.  In  addition,  sales  and  marketing  expense  was 
negatively impacted by lower cost relief of $0.7 million related to sales and marketing employees working on services engagements 
in the prior year.  

Research and Development 

Year Ended 
January 31,       

(in thousands)  
Research and development ..............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

2018 

2017 

47,661     $ 
16%     

43,587      $ 
16 %     

(3,700 )   $ 

(374 )   $ 

(in thousands)  
Research and development ..............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Year Ended 
January 31,       

2017 

2016 

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

43,587     $ 
16%     

41,237      $ 
15 %     

(2,743 )   $ 

393     $ 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
(4,074 )     

-9% 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
(2,350 )     

-6% 

Research  and  development  is  expensed  as  incurred  and  consists  primarily  of  salaries,  benefits,  bonuses,  stock-based 
compensation, training and travel expense for research and development employees and professional services, such as fees paid to 
software  development  firms  and  independent  contractors.  Research  and  development  expense  also  includes  an  allocation  of 
information  technology  and  facilities  costs,  and  is  reduced  by  reimbursements  from  joint  development  projects.  As  part  of  our 
vertical  focus  we  regularly  seek  to  engage  in  joint  development  arrangements  with  our  customers  in  order  to  enhance  specific 
functionality and industry experience, although the number and size of joint development arrangements may fluctuate. 

On a constant currency basis, research and development expense was $47.7 million fiscal 2018, representing a $3.7 million, 
or 8%, increase from $44.0 million for fiscal 2017. The non-currency related increase in research and development expense of $3.7 
million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs of $2.2 million, as a result of 
higher headcount of approximately 35 people, higher bonuses of $0.9 million and higher professional fees of $0.6 million.  

44 

 
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 
(2,904 )     

-9% 

Total Change 
as Reported 
     % 
$ 

On a constant currency basis, research and development expense was $43.6 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $2.8 million, 
or 7%, increase from $40.8 million for fiscal 2016. The non-currency related increase in research and development expense of $2.8 
million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs of $1.7 million, as a result of 
higher headcount of approximately 29 people, higher information technology and facilities allocated costs of $0.4 million, higher 
bonuses of $0.3 million and higher professional fees of $0.3 million. 

General and Administrative 

Year Ended 
January 31,       

(in thousands)  
General and Administrative ............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

2018 

2017 

35,222     $ 
11%     

32,318      $ 
12 %     

(2,863 )   $ 

(41 )   $ 

(in thousands)  
General and Administrative ............   $ 
Percentage of revenue .....................     

Year Ended 
January 31,       

Year Ended 
January 31,       

2017 

2016 

Change in 
Constant      

Change due 
to Currency     
      Currency      Fluctuations     

32,318     $ 
12%     

32,689      $ 
11 %     

(141 )   $ 

512     $ 

371       

1% 

General and administrative expense includes salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and travel expense for our 
finance, human resources, legal and executive personnel, as well as professional fees for accounting and legal services, bad debt 
expense and an allocation of information technology and facilities costs. 

On a constant currency basis, general and administrative expense was $35.2 million for fiscal 2018, representing a $2.8 million, 
or 9%, increase from $32.4 million for fiscal 2017. The non-currency related increase in general and administrative expense of $2.8 
million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to higher bonuses of $1.0 million, higher stock compensation of 
$0.8 million and higher legal and accounting fees of $0.8 million. 

On a constant currency basis, general and administrative expense was $32.3 million for fiscal 2017, representing a $0.1 million 
increase from $32.2 million for fiscal 2016. The non-currency related increase in general and administrative expense of $0.1 million 
in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher salaries and related costs of $0.6 million partially offset by lower 
stock compensation of $0.2 million and lower travel of $0.2 million.  

Amortization of Intangibles from Acquisitions 

Amortization of intangibles from acquisitions totaled $0.4 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 

2016, respectively. Amortization expense was due to the intangible assets acquired from our DynaSys and CEBOS acquisitions. 

Total Other (Income) Expense 

(in thousands) 

Year 
Ended 
January 
   31, 2018 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 

to Prior Period       

$ 

     % 

Year 
Ended 
January 
      31, 2017 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior Period 
     % 

$ 

Year 
Ended 
January    
      31, 2016    

Other (income) expense 
Interest income .......................................   $ 
Interest expense ......................................     
Other income, net ...................................     
Total other (income) expense, net ..........   $ 
Percentage of revenue ............................     

(1,547 )    $ 
669   
2,012   
1,134   

(851)      -122 %   $ 
0 %     
     2,448       561 %     
  $  1,596       345 %   $ 

(1)     

0 %     

  $ 

(696) 
670  
(436) 
(462) 

  $ 
0%     

(376)      -118%   $ 
-6%     
(42)     
42%     
321      
-27%   $ 
(97)     

(320) 
712  
(757) 
(365) 
0% 

Total  other  (income)  expense,  net  was  $1.1  million,  $(0.5)  million  and  $(0.4)  million  for  fiscal  2018,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively. When comparing fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2017, the unfavorable change is primarily related to higher foreign exchange 
losses of $2.3 million, as the U.S. dollar declined approximately 10% against the euro and Mexican peso, partially offset by higher 
interest income of $0.9 million. When comparing fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2016, the favorable change is primarily related to an increase 
in the fair value of our interest rate swap of $0.5 million and higher interest income of $0.4 million partially offset by lower foreign 
exchange gains of $0.7 million. 

Interest rate swap valuations and foreign exchange gains and losses are subject to changes which are inherently unpredictable. 
Our interest rate swap is accounted for using mark-to-market accounting. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap each 

45 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
        
        
        
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
     
       
  
      
        
  
    
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
       
    
    
       
   
    
  
  
reporting period are adjusted through earnings, subjecting us to non-cash volatility in our results of operations. The swap fixes the 
interest rate on our mortgage to 4.31% over the entire term of the mortgage. Although the agreement allows us to prepay the loan 
and exit the agreement early, we have no intention of doing so. As a result, we will have non-cash adjustments through earnings 
each reporting period. Over the term of the mortgage, however, the net impact of these mark-to-market adjustments on earnings 
will be zero. 

Income Tax Expense 

(in thousands) 

Year 
Ended 
January 
   31, 2018 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior Period 
     % 

$ 

Year 
Ended 
January 
      31, 2017 

Increase  
(Decrease) 
Compared 
to Prior Period 
     % 

$ 

Year 
Ended 
January 
      31, 2016 

Income tax expense ...........................   $ 
Percentage of revenue .......................     
Effective tax rate ...............................     

4,857     $  (14,419)     

-75%   $  19,276   

  $  17,652       1,087%   $ 

1,624  

2%     
-115%     

7 %     
504 %     

1% 
15% 

We recorded income tax expense of $4.9 million, $19.3 million and $1.6 million for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016 respectively. 
QAD’s effective tax rate was -115%, 504%, and 15% for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We had a pre-tax loss of $(4.2) 
million and pre-tax income of $3.8 million for fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. In 2018, our effective tax rate was significantly 
impacted by the Tax Act, jurisdictional mix of income across our entities and equity compensation windfalls. The Tax Act increased 
our  U.S.  tax  expense  by  $2.0  million  and  impacted  our  effective  tax  rate  by  46%.  Our  effective  tax  rate  in  fiscal  2017  was 
extraordinarily high due to a $16.3 million valuation allowance placed on U. S. federal and state net deferred tax assets.  The low 
effective rate in fiscal 2016 was attributable to the liquidation of an investment in a Japan legal entity, which gave us the ability to 
utilize expired net operating losses for Japanese tax purposes in the year of liquidation. 

For  further  information  regarding  income  taxes,  see  Note  3  “Income  Taxes”  within  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 

Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Regulation  S-K  Item  10(e),  “Use  of  Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures  in  Commission  Filings,”  defines  and  prescribes  the 
conditions  for  use  of  non-GAAP  financial  information.  Our  measures  of  non-GAAP  adjusted  EBITDA,  non-GAAP  adjusted 
EBITDA margins, non-GAAP pre-tax income and estimated cash taxes on GAAP earnings each meet the definition of a non-GAAP 
financial measure. We define the non-GAAP measures as follows:  

●  Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA - EBITDA is GAAP net income before net interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation
and  amortization. Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA is EBITDA less stock-based compensation expense and the change in the fair
value of our interest rate swap. 

●  Non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA margins - Calculated by dividing non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA by total revenue. 

●  Non-GAAP  pre-tax  income  -  GAAP  income  before  income  taxes  not  including  the  effects  of  stock-based  compensation 

expense, amortization of purchased intangible assets and the change in fair value of our interest rate swap. 

●  Estimated cash taxes on GAAP earnings – Defined as GAAP total tax expense excluding changes in reserves for unrecognized

tax benefits. 

QAD’s  management uses non-GAAP  measures internally to evaluate the business and believes that presenting non-GAAP 
measures  provides  useful  information  to  investors  regarding  the  underlying  business  trends  and  performance  of  our  ongoing 
operations  as  well  as  useful  metrics  for  monitoring  our  performance  and  evaluating  it  against  industry  peers.  The  non-GAAP 
financial measures presented should be used in addition to, and in conjunction with, results presented in accordance with GAAP, 
and should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. Management strongly encourages investors to review 
our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and to not rely on any single financial measure in evaluating the company. 

QAD non-GAAP measures reflect adjustments based on the following items: 

Stock-based compensation expense: We have excluded the effect of stock-based compensation expense from our non-GAAP 
adjusted  EBITDA  and  non-GAAP  pre-tax  income  calculations.  Although  stock-based  compensation  expense  is  calculated  in 
accordance with current GAAP and constitutes an ongoing and recurring expense, such expense is excluded from non-GAAP results 
because  it  is  not  an  expense  which  generally  requires  cash  settlement  by  QAD,  and  therefore  is  not  used  by  us  to  assess  the 
profitability  of  our  operations.  We  also  believe  the  exclusion  of  stock-based  compensation  expense  provides  a  more  useful 
comparison of our operating results to the operating results of our peers. 

46 

 
   
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
  
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
       
   
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Amortization of purchased intangible assets: We amortize purchased intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions. We 
have  excluded  the  effect  of  amortization  of  purchased  intangible  assets,  which  include  purchased  technology,  customer 
relationships, trade names and other intangible assets, from our non-GAAP pre-tax income calculation, because doing so makes 
internal comparisons to our historical operating results more consistent. In addition, we believe excluding amortization of purchased 
intangible assets provides a more useful comparison of our operating results to the operating results of our peers. 

Change in fair value of the interest rate swap: We entered into an interest rate swap to mitigate our exposure to the variability 
of  one-month  LIBOR  for  our  floating  rate  debt  related  to  the  mortgage  of  our  headquarters.  We  have  excluded  the  gain/loss 
adjustments to record the interest rate swap at fair value from our non-GAAP adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP pre-tax income 
calculations. We believe that these fluctuations are not indicative of our operational costs or meaningful in evaluating comparative 
period results because we currently have no intention of exiting the debt agreement early; and therefore over the life of the debt the 
sum of the fair value adjustments will be zero. 

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures of adjusted EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA 
margins  and  non-GAAP  pre-tax  income  to  the  most  comparable  GAAP  measures  for  fiscal  years  2018,  2017  and  2016  (in 
thousands): 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

Total revenue...........................................................................................   $ 

305,018     $ 

277,973      $ 

277,852  

Net (loss) income ....................................................................................     
Add back: 

Net interest (income) expense ..................................................     
Depreciation .............................................................................     
Amortization ............................................................................     
Income taxes ............................................................................     
EBITDA ..................................................................................................   $ 
Add back: 

Stock based compensation expense ..........................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap ................................     
Adjusted EBITDA ...................................................................................   $ 
Adjusted EBITDA margin ......................................................................     

Non-GAAP pre-tax income reconciliation 
(Loss) income before income taxes .........................................................   $ 
Add back 

Stock-based compensation expense .........................................     
Amortization of purchased intangible assets ............................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap ................................     
Non-GAAP income before income taxes ................................................   $ 

(9,065)      

(15,450 )      

8,912  

(878)      
4,562       
1,199       
4,857       
675     $ 

8,924       
(377)      
9,222     $ 
3%     

(26 )      
4,326        
1,710        
19,276        
9,836      $ 

7,323        
(485 )      
16,674      $ 
6 %     

392  
3,968  
1,807  
1,624  
16,703  

7,440  
48  
24,191  

9% 

(4,208)    $ 

3,826      $ 

10,536  

8,924       
842       
(377)      
5,181     $ 

7,323        
1,377        
(485 )      
12,041      $ 

7,440  
1,377  
48  
19,401  

Estimated cash taxes on GAAP earnings ................................................   $ 

2,812     $ 

2,688      $ 

2,429  

47 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
      
         
         
  
  
      
         
         
  
  
  
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Our primary source of cash is from the sale of subscriptions, licenses, maintenance and professional services to our customers. 
Our  primary  use  of  cash  is  payment  of  our  operating  expenses  which  mainly  consist  of  employee-related  expenses,  such  as 
compensation and benefits, as well as general operating expenses for facilities and overhead costs. In addition to operating expenses, 
we may also use cash for capital expenditures; payment of dividends and stock repurchases; and to invest in our growth initiatives, 
which include acquisitions of products, technologies and businesses.  

At January 31, 2018, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and equivalents totaling $147.0 million and net accounts 
receivable  of  $83.5  million.  During  fiscal  2015  we  closed  an  offering  of  2,000,000  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock.  The  net 
proceeds to us from the sale of the stock were $37.0 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions; and offering 
expenses. In early fiscal 2016 the offering underwriters exercised in full an option to purchase additional shares. As a result, 450,000 
shares of Class A common stock were issued in fiscal 2016 generating $8.4 million in additional proceeds. At January 31, 2018, 
our  cash  and  equivalents  consisted  of  current  bank  accounts,  registered  money  market  funds  and  time  delineated  deposits. 
Approximately 85% of our cash and equivalents were held in U.S. dollar denominated accounts as of January 31, 2018.  

Our primary commercial banking relationship is with Bank of America and its global affiliates. Our cash and equivalents are 
held by diversified financial institutions globally, and as of January 31, 2018 the portion of our cash and equivalents held by or 
invested through Bank of America was approximately 95%. Our largest cash concentrations are in the United States and Ireland. 
The majority of our cash and equivalents are held in investment accounts which are predominantly placed in money market mutual 
funds and in U.S. Treasury and government securities funds. The remaining cash and equivalents are held in deposit accounts and 
certificates of deposit. 

We had a U.S. line of credit facility with Rabobank that permitted unsecured short-term borrowings of up to $20 million. We 
had not drawn on the line of credit during any of the last three fiscal years. Our line of credit expired in July, 2018 and we did not 
renew it. 

We  are  a  U.S.  based  multinational  company  subject  to  tax  in  multiple  U.S.  and  foreign  tax  jurisdictions.    In  addition  to 
providing for U.S. income taxes on earnings from the United States, we provide for U.S. income taxes on the earnings of foreign 
subsidiaries unless the subsidiaries’ earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the United States. We do not anticipate 
changing our intention regarding permanently reinvested earnings as of the balance sheet date. 

In December 2017, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("Tax Act") was signed into law. The Tax Act includes a mandatory one-
time tax on accumulated earnings of our foreign subsidiaries which resulted in an estimated $2 million of additional U.S. tax. In 
spite of the U.S. taxation on these earnings, we intend to permanently reinvest the earnings in our foreign subsidiaries.  We do not 
expect  to  incur  significant  additional  taxes  on  repatriation  of  these  earnings;  however,  foreign  withholding  taxes,  currency 
translation, state taxes and currency control laws must always be considered. 

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

(in thousands) 
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................  $ 
Net cash used in investing activities .........................................................    
Net cash used in financing activities ........................................................    
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and equivalents ........................    
Net increase in cash and equivalents ........................................................  $ 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

10,418    $ 
(4,669)     
(9,165)     
5,357      
1,941    $ 

18,680     $ 
(3,406 )     
(7,814 )     
(109 )     
7,351     $ 

24,057   
(3,348 ) 
(487 ) 
(3,017 ) 
17,205   

Typical factors affecting our cash provided by operating activities include our level of revenue and earnings for the period; the 
timing  and  amount  of  employee  bonus  payments  and  income  tax  payments;  and  the  timing  and  amount  of  billings  and  cash 
collections from our customers, which is our largest source of operating cash flow. Net cash flows provided by operating activities 
were  $10.4  million  and  $18.7  million  for  fiscal  2018  and  2017,  respectively.  The  decrease  in  cash  flow  provided  by  operating 
activities from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2018 was due to a decrease in pre-tax income of $8 million.  Although our revenue increased 
10% year over year, our personnel expenses were significantly higher as a result of hiring 160 additional employees to support the 
growth in our subscription and services offerings. 

48 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $18.7 million and $24.1 million for fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. A 
decrease in net income of $24.4 million and the negative cash flow effect of changes in accounts receivable of $14.9 million was 
offset by the positive cash flow effect of changes in deferred revenue, accounts payable and other liabilities of $16.8 million and a 
non-cash change in deferred tax asset valuation allowances of $14.3 million. 

Net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $3.7 million, $3.3 million and $3.2 million 
for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We continue to monitor our capital spending and do not believe we are delaying critical 
capital expenditures required to run our business. 

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  consisted  primarily  of  payments  of  withholding  taxes  on  settlement  of  stock-based 
compensation and payment of dividends. We paid withholding taxes of $3.4 million, $2.1 million and $2.5 million in fiscal 2018, 
2017 and 2016, respectively, on vested restricted stock units and exercised stock appreciation rights. We made dividend payments 
of $5.4 million, $5.3 million and $5.2 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. On a regular basis the Board of Directors 
evaluates our ability to continue to pay dividends as well as the structure of any potential dividend payments. Net cash provided by 
financing activities during 2016 included proceeds received from the sale of stock of $8.4 million after deducting offering expenses 
and underwriting discounts and commissions. 

We have historically calculated accounts receivable days’ sales outstanding (“DSO”), using the countback, or last-in first-out, 
method. This method calculates the number of days of billed revenue represented by the accounts receivable balance as of period 
end. When reviewing the performance of our entities, DSO under the countback method is used by management. It is management’s 
belief that the countback method best reflects the relative health of our accounts receivable as of a given quarter-end or year-end 
because of the cyclical nature of our billings. Our billing cycle includes high annual maintenance renewal billings at year-end that 
will not be recognized as earned revenue until future periods. 

DSO  under  the  countback  method  was  relatively  consistent  at  51  days  and  50  days  as  of  January  31,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. DSO using the average method, which is calculated utilizing the accounts receivable balance and earned revenue for 
the most recent quarter, was 93 days and 85 days January 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The aging of our accounts receivable 
remained consistent when compared with the same period last year. We believe our reserve methodology is adequate, our reserves 
are properly stated as of January 31, 2018 and the quality of our receivables remains good. 

There have been no material changes in our contractual obligations or commercial commitments outside the ordinary course of 
business.  Cash  requirements  for  items  other  than  normal  operating  expenses  are  anticipated  for  capital  expenditures,  dividend 
payments and other equity transactions. We may require cash for acquisitions of new businesses, software products or technologies 
complementary to our business. 

We believe that our cash on hand, net cash provided by operating activities and available borrowings under our existing credit 
facility  will  provide  us  with  sufficient  resources  to  meet  our  current  and  long-term  working  capital  requirements,  debt  service, 
dividend payments and other cash needs for at least the next twelve months. 

Our revenue, earnings, cash flows, receivables, and payables are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency 
exchange rates, for which we have put in place foreign currency contracts as part of our risk management strategy. See Part II, Item 
7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” for further discussion. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at January 31, 2018 and the effect these contractual 

obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods. 

2019 

Years Ended January 31, 
2021 

2020 

2022 
(In millions) 

2023 

    Thereafter      Total 

Notes payable .......................................   $ 
Notes payable interest payments ..........     
Lease obligations ..................................     
Purchase obligations.............................     
Total .....................................................   $ 

0.5    $ 
0.6      
6.0      
5.8      
12.9    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.6      
4.3      
4.5      
9.9    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.5      
2.5      
2.3      
5.8    $ 

0.5    $ 
0.5      
0.8      
0.4      
2.2    $ 

11.8    $ 
0.2      
0.5      
—      
12.5    $ 

—     $ 
—       
0.2       
—       
0.2     $ 

13.8  
2.4  
14.3  
13.0  
43.5  

49 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Purchase obligations are contractual obligations for the purchase of goods or services. They are defined as agreements that are 
enforceable and legally binding for QAD which specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; 
fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations relate primarily 
to information technology infrastructure costs, hosting services agreements and costs associated with our sales and marketing events. 

We have omitted unrecognized tax benefits from this table due to the inherent uncertainty regarding the timing of potential 
issue resolution. Specifically, either (a) the underlying positions have not been fully enough developed under audit to quantify at 
this time, or (b) the years relating to the issues for certain jurisdictions are not currently under audit. As of January 31, 2018, we 
had $1.7 million of unrecognized tax benefits. This is before the netting required by ASU 2013-11 which requires the netting of 
unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets for a loss or credit that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax position. 
For further information regarding the unrecognized tax benefits see Note 3 “Income Taxes” within Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of supplies and other goods and services are not included in the table above. We 
are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as purchase orders 
may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. Our purchase orders are based on our current procurement 
or development needs and are fulfilled by our vendors within short time frames. We do not have significant agreements for the 
purchase of supplies or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected requirements for three 
months. 

We  have  certain  royalty  commitments  associated  with  the  shipment  and  licensing  of  certain  products.  Royalty  expense  is 
generally based on the number of units shipped or a percentage of the underlying revenue. Royalty expense, included in cost of 
subscription, license and maintenance and other revenue, was $17.1 million, $16.2 million and $15.9 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 
and 2016, respectively. 

Note Payable 

Effective May 30, 2012, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into a variable rate credit agreement (the “2012 Mortgage”) with 
Rabobank, N.A., to refinance a pre-existing mortgage. The 2012 Mortgage has an original principal balance of $16.1 million and 
bears interest at the one month LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. One month LIBOR was 1.56 % at January 31, 2018. The 2012 Mortgage 
matures in June 2022 and is secured by the Company’s headquarters located in Santa Barbara, California. In conjunction with the 
2012 Mortgage, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into an interest rate swap with Rabobank, N.A. The swap agreement has an initial 
notional amount of $16.1 million and a schedule matching that of the underlying loan that synthetically fixes the interest rate on the 
debt at 4.31% for the entire term of the 2012 Mortgage. The terms of the 2012 Mortgage provide for QAD Ortega Hill, LLC to 
make net monthly payments of $88,100 consisting of principal and interest and one final payment of $11.7 million. The unpaid 
balance as of January 31, 2018 was $13.8 million. 

Lease Obligations 

We lease certain office facilities, office equipment and automobiles under operating lease agreements. Although our office 
lease agreements end on various dates through fiscal year 2026, they typically include termination options at earlier dates. The 
contractual obligations table reflects future  minimum rental payments under non-cancellable operating lease commitments  with 
terms of more than one year. For further discussion of our leased office facilities, see Item 2 entitled “Properties” included elsewhere 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of January 31, 2018, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation 

S-K. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Foreign Exchange Rates. We have operations in foreign locations around the world and we are exposed to risk resulting from 
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We have experienced significant foreign currency fluctuations in fiscal 2018 due 
primarily to the volatility of the euro and Mexican peso in relation to the U.S. dollar. However, while strengthening of the U.S. 
dollar compared to foreign currency exchange rates generally has the effect of reducing revenues it also has the effect of reducing 
expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. These foreign currency exchange rate movements could create a 
foreign currency gain or loss that could be realized or unrealized for us. Unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates 
between the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies may have an adverse impact on our operations. We did not have any foreign 
currency forward or option contracts, other material foreign currency denominated derivatives or other financial instruments open 
as of January 31, 2018. 

50 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
We face two risks related to foreign currency exchange rates—translation risk and transaction risk. Amounts invested in our 
foreign  operations  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  using  period-end  exchange  rates.  The  resulting  translation  adjustments  are 
recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Revenues and expenses in 
foreign currencies translate into higher or lower revenues and expenses in U.S. dollars as the U.S. dollar weakens or strengthens 
against  other  currencies.  Our  international  subsidiaries  also  hold  U.S.  dollar  and  euro-based  net  monetary  accounts  subject  to 
revaluation  that  results  in  realized  or  unrealized  foreign  currency  gains  or  losses.  Furthermore,  we  have  exposure  to  foreign 
exchange fluctuations arising from the remeasurement of non-functional currency assets, liabilities and intercompany balances into 
U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. 

For fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, approximately 51%, 51% and 52%, respectively, of our revenue was denominated in foreign 
currencies. We also incurred a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, approximately 41% for 
fiscal 2018 and 40% for both fiscal 2017 and 2016. Based on a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in all foreign currency exchange 
rates,  our  revenue  would  be  adversely  affected  by  approximately  5%  partially  offset  by  a  positive  effect  on  our  expenses  of 
approximately 4%, and our operating income would be adversely affected by approximately 87%. 

For  fiscal  2018,  2017  and  2016,  foreign  currency  transaction  and  remeasurement  losses  (gains)  totaled  $2.5  million,  $0.2 
million  and  $(0.5)  million,  respectively,  and  are  included  in  “Other  (income)  expense,  net”  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. We performed a sensitivity analysis on the net U.S. dollar and euro-based monetary 
accounts subject to revaluation that are held by our international subsidiaries and on the non-functional currency assets, liabilities 
and intercompany balances that are remeasured into U.S. dollars. A hypothetical 10% adverse movement in all foreign currency 
exchange rates would result in foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses of approximately $3.0 million. 

These estimates assume an adverse shift in all foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar, which do not always 

move in the same direction or in the same degrees, and actual results may differ materially from the hypothetical analysis. 

Interest Rates. We invest our surplus cash in a variety of financial instruments, consisting principally of short-term marketable 
securities with maturities of less than 90 days at the date of purchase. Our investment securities are held for purposes other than 
trading. Cash balances held by subsidiaries are invested primarily in registered money market funds with local operating banks. 
Based on an interest rate sensitivity analysis of our cash and equivalents, we estimate a 10% adverse change in interest rates from 
the 2017 fiscal year-end rates would not have a material adverse effect on our cash flows or financial condition for the next fiscal 
year. 

Our debt is comprised of a loan agreement, secured by real property, which bears interest at the one-month LIBOR rate plus 
2.25%. In conjunction with the loan agreement we entered into an interest rate swap. The swap agreement has an initial notional 
amount and schedule matching that of the underlying loan that synthetically fixes the interest rate on the debt at 4.31%. 

Our interest rate swap is accounted for using mark-to-market accounting. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of the swap 
each reporting period are adjusted through earnings, subjecting us to non-cash volatility in our results of operations. We prepared a 
sensitivity analysis using a modeling technique that measures the change in the fair values arising from a hypothetical 10% adverse 
movement in levels of interest rates across the entire yield curve, with all other variables held constant. Based upon the results of 
this analysis a 10% adverse change in interest rates from the January 31, 2018 rates would cause a $0.1 million reduction in our 
results  of  operations.  We  believe  it  is  prudent  to  hedge  the  expected  volatility  of  the  variable  rate  mortgage  on  our  corporate 
headquarters.  The  swap  fixes  the  interest  rate  on  our  mortgage  to  4.31%  over  the  entire  term  of  the  mortgage.  Although  the 
agreement allows us to prepay the loan and exit the agreement early, we have no intention of doing so. As a result, we will have 
non-cash adjustments through earnings each reporting period. However, over the term of the  mortgage, the net impact of these 
mark-to-market adjustments on earnings will be zero. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The response to this item is included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

51 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

QAD maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in 
reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information 
is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, to allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure. QAD’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of QAD’s disclosure controls and procedures as of 
the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on this evaluation, QAD’s principal executive officer 
and principal financial officer have concluded that QAD’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 
15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective at a reasonable assurance level. 

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

QAD’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. QAD’s system of internal control 
over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
QAD’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of QAD’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that QAD’s receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  QAD’s  management  and  directors;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of QAD’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Management has assessed the effectiveness of QAD’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2018 based 
on the criteria described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations 
of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on management’s assessment, management has concluded that QAD’s internal 
control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of January 31, 2018. We reviewed the results of 
management’s assessment with our Audit Committee. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as 

of January 31, 2018, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation 
required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting. 

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls 

QAD’s management does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its internal control over financial reporting 
will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no 
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within QAD have been 
detected. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, 
and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over 
time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

52 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Information regarding QAD directors is set forth in the section entitled “Election of Directors” appearing in our Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  (“Proxy  Statement”)  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, which information is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

In addition, the other information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Proxy Statement. 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Set forth below is certain information concerning our executive officers. All ages are as of March 31, 2018. 

NAME 
Pamela M. Lopker ................................   
Karl F. Lopker ......................................   
Daniel Lender .......................................   
Anton Chilton .......................................   
Kara Bellamy .......................................   

   AGE 

POSITION(S) 

63 
66 
51 
50 
42 

  Chairman of the Board and President 
  Chief Executive Officer 
  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President  
  Chief, Global Field Operations and Executive Vice President 
  Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President 

Pamela M. Lopker founded QAD in 1979 and has been President and Chairman of the Board since QAD Inc.’s incorporation 
in 1986. Prior to founding QAD, Ms. Lopker served as Senior Systems Analyst for Comtek Research from 1977 to 1979. She is 
certified in Production and Inventory Management by the American Production and Inventory Control Society. Ms. Lopker earned 
a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics from the University of California, Santa Barbara. She is married to Karl F. Lopker, Chief 
Executive Officer of QAD. The Board nominated Ms. Lopker to serve as a director because she is the founder and visionary for the 
Company, with over thirty-five years of enterprise software company experience, extensive software industry expertise and a deep 
understanding of the Company’s products, customers, industry and global operational issues. Her history with and knowledge of 
QAD, combined with her unique skills, is important to the Board’s oversight of long-term strategy and provides the Board with a 
deep understanding of the Company’s business and operations. 

Karl F. Lopker has served as Chief Executive Officer and director of QAD Inc. since joining the Company in 1986. Previously, 
he  founded  Deckers  Outdoor  Corporation  in  1973  and  was  its  President  until  1981.  Mr.  Lopker  is  certified  in  Production  and 
Inventory Management by the American Production and Inventory Control Society. He received a Bachelor of Science degree in 
Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara. Mr. Lopker is married to Pamela M. Lopker, Chairman of 
the Board and President of QAD. The Board nominated Mr. Lopker to serve as a director based on his industry expertise, knowledge 
of QAD’s customer base, strategic counsel and extensive history with QAD. His in-depth knowledge of the Company, its industry 
and  its  customers  assists  the  Board  in  overseeing  management  and  is  important  to  the  Board’s  oversight  of  strategy  and  risk 
management. Mr. Lopker also brings strong leadership skills and complex business operational experience to the Board by virtue 
of his over thirty years of experience as CEO. 

Daniel Lender was first appointed Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President in July 2003. Previously, he served 
as QAD’s Vice President of Global Sales Operations and Vice President of Latin America. Mr. Lender joined QAD in 1998 as 
Treasurer following a nine-year tenure with the former Republic National Bank of New York, last serving as Vice President and 
Treasurer of the Bank’s Delaware subsidiary. He earned a master of business administration degree from the Wharton School of 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and  a  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  applied  economics  and  business  management  from  Cornell 
University. 

Anton Chilton was appointed Chief, Global Field Operations and Executive Vice President in March 2017.  Previously, he 
served as Executive Vice President, Global Services since June 2015. Mr. Chilton joined QAD in 2004 as Services Director of the 
Company’s  Asia-Pacific  region,  based  in  Australia.  He  subsequently  served  as  Managing  Director  of  QAD  Australia  and  New 
Zealand from 2006 to 2009. Mr. Chilton transferred to QAD's headquarters in 2009, serving as Senior Vice President – Strategic 
Global Accounts until 2011, when he became Senior Vice President - Professional Services. Prior to joining QAD, Mr. Chilton held 
senior roles in global systems integration at Atos Origin and Cap Gemini. Mr. Chilton began his career at British Steel designing 
software and infrastructure solutions and received his education in the Submarine Service, British Royal Navy.  Mr. Chilton has an 
Executive MBA from INSEAD.  

53 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Kara Bellamy has served as Chief Accounting Officer, Corporate Controller and Senior Vice President since January 2008. 
Previously,  she  served  as  QAD’s  Director  of  Finance,  Americas  beginning  in  2006  and  joined  QAD  as  Assistant  Corporate 
Controller in 2004. Prior to joining QAD, Ms. Bellamy served as Corporate Controller for Somera Communications, Inc. from 2002 
through 2004. Prior to that, she was an audit manager with Ernst & Young. Ms. Bellamy is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) 
and received a bachelor of arts degree in business economics with an accounting emphasis from the University of California, Santa 
Barbara. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Information  regarding  executive  compensation  is  set  forth  under  the  caption  “Executive  Compensation”  in  the  Proxy 

Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Stock 
Ownership  of  Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  in  the  Proxy  Statement,  which  information  is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and 

Related Party Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Information regarding services performed by, and fees paid to, our independent auditors is set forth under the caption “Principal 

Accountant Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

54 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

1. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Page 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .....................................................................................................     56   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2018 and 2017 ...............................................................................................     57   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended January 31, 2018, 2017  

and 2016 ..............................................................................................................................................................................     58   
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 ..............................     59   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 .............................................     60   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................................     61   

2. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

The following financial statement schedule is filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS ............................................................................... 

Page 
   83 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is presented in the financial statements 

or notes thereto. 

3. INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

See the Index of Exhibits at page 85. 

ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

55 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
QAD Inc.: 

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of QAD Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 31, 2018 and 
2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of 
the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  January  31,  2018,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  II  (collectively,  the 
consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2018, 
based on criteria established in Internal Control– Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of January 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended January 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, 
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Basis for Opinions 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying 
Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a 
public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our  audits  of  the consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess the risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits 
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures 
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1990.  

Los Angeles, California 
April 13, 2018 

56 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
January 31, 

2018 

2017 

147,023    $ 

145,082  

QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and equivalents ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $1,763 and $2,205 at January 31, 2018 and 

2017, respectively ...........................................................................................................     
Other current assets ............................................................................................................     
Total current assets .........................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net ...................................................................................................     
Capitalized software costs, net ...............................................................................................     
Goodwill .................................................................................................................................     
Deferred tax assets, net ...........................................................................................................     
Other assets, net .....................................................................................................................     
Total assets .....................................................................................................................   $ 

Current liabilities: 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Current portion of long-term debt .......................................................................................   $ 
Accounts payable................................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................................     
Other current liabilities .......................................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ....................................................................................................     
Long-term debt .......................................................................................................................     
Other liabilities .......................................................................................................................     
Commitments and contingencies 
Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued or 

83,518      
15,856      
246,397      
30,408      
990      
11,023      
7,944      
3,055      
299,817    $ 

466    $ 
14,818      
116,693      
43,460      
175,437      
13,313      
5,439      

outstanding .....................................................................................................................     

—      

Common stock: 

Class A, $0.001 par value. Authorized 71,000,000 shares; issued 16,605,215 shares at 

both January 31, 2018 and 2017 .................................................................................     

16      

Class B, $0.001 par value. Authorized 4,000,000 shares; issued 3,537,380 shares at 

both January 31, 2018 and 2017 .................................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ...................................................................................................     
Treasury stock, at cost (892,700 shares and 1,125,552 shares at January 31, 2018 and 

2017, respectively) ..........................................................................................................     
Accumulated deficit ............................................................................................................     
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .............................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ..............................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ........................................................................   $ 

4      
200,456      

(12,461)     
(75,559)     
(6,828)     
105,628      
299,817    $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

57 

69,441  
15,351  
229,874  
30,872  
732  
10,558  
6,166  
2,688  
280,890  

446  
11,316  
104,125  
33,636  
149,523  
13,767  
4,914  

—  

16  

4  
197,594  

(15,170) 
(61,127) 
(8,631) 
112,686  
280,890  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME  
(in thousands) 

Revenue: 

Subscription fees .................................................................................   $ 
License fees .........................................................................................     
Maintenance and other ........................................................................     
Professional services ...........................................................................     
Total revenue ...................................................................................     

Costs of revenue: 

Subscription fees .................................................................................     
License fees .........................................................................................     
Maintenance and other ........................................................................     
Professional services ...........................................................................     
Total cost of revenue .......................................................................     

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

69,615    $ 
25,807      
128,142      
81,454      
305,018      

30,563      
2,946      
31,246      
84,670      
149,425      

52,167     $ 
23,633       
130,406       
71,767       
277,973       

27,027       
2,990       
30,517       
70,317       
130,851       

38,806  
29,891  
132,962  
76,193  
277,852  

20,635  
3,624  
30,973  
71,330  
126,562  

Gross profit .............................................................................................     

155,593      

147,122       

151,290  

Operating expenses 

Sales and marketing .............................................................................     
Research and development ..................................................................     
General and administrative ..................................................................     
Amortization of intangible assets from acquisitions ............................     
Total operating expenses .................................................................     

75,368      
47,661      
35,222      
416      
158,667      

67,194       
43,587       
32,318       
659       
143,758       

66,535  
41,237  
32,689  
658  
141,119  

Operating (loss) income ..........................................................................     

(3,074)     

3,364       

10,171  

Other (income) expense: 

Interest income ....................................................................................     
Interest expense ...................................................................................     
Other (income) expense, net ................................................................     
Total other (income) expense, net ....................................................     

(Loss) income before income taxes .........................................................     
Income tax expense .................................................................................     

(1,547)     
669      
2,012      
1,134      

(4,208)     
4,857      

(696 )     
670       
(436 )     
(462 )     

(320) 
712  
(757) 
(365) 

3,826       
19,276       

10,536  
1,624  

Net (loss) income ....................................................................................   $ 

(9,065)   $ 

(15,450 )   $ 

8,912  

Basic net (loss) income per share: 

Class A ................................................................................................   $ 
Class B .................................................................................................   $ 

Diluted net (loss) income per share: 

Class A ................................................................................................   $ 
Class B .................................................................................................   $ 

(0.49)   $ 
(0.41)   $ 

(0.49)   $ 
(0.41)   $ 

(0.84 )   $ 
(0.70 )   $ 

(0.84 )   $ 
(0.70 )   $ 

0.49  
0.41  

0.47  
0.40  

Net (loss) income ....................................................................................   $ 

(9,065)   $ 

(15,450 )   $ 

8,912  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
Foreign currency translation adjustment ..............................................     
Total comprehensive (loss) income .........................................................   $ 

1,803      
(7,262)   $ 

98       
(15,352 )   $ 

(1,311) 
7,601  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

58 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
   
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(in thousands) 

   Number of Shares 
Class 
B 

Class 
A 

  Treasury    

     Amount 

Class 
A 

Class 
B 

    Additional    
Paid-in 
Capital      

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total  
Stockholders’ 
Equity 

Accumulated 
Deficit 

(1,610)   $  16    $ 

—       —       —      

4    $  185,546    $  (22,977)  $ 
—     
—      

(44,606)  $ 
8,912      

(7,418)  $ 
—     

110,565  
8,912  

Balance, January 31,  

2015 .................................     16,152     3,537     
Net income .........................      —      —     
Foreign currency 

translation adjustments .....      —      —     
Stock award exercises .........      —      —     
Stock-based compensation 

—       —       —      
105       —       —      

—      
(3,289)    

—     
2,207     

income tax benefits ..........      —      —     

—       —       —      

736      

—     

Stock compensation 

expense ............................      —      —     

—       —       —      

7,440      

—     

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A 
and Class B share, 
respectively) .....................      —      —     

—       —       —      

—      

—     

(5,235)    

Proceeds from stock 

issuance, net of costs ........     
Restricted stock ..................     
Balance, January 31,  

450      —     
2      —     

—       —       —      
139       —       —      

8,365      
(3,378)    

—     
2,053     

—      
(45)    

—      
(9)    

—      

—      

(1,311)    
—     

—     

—     

—     

—     
—     

(1,311) 
(1,091) 

736  

7,440  

(5,235) 

8,365  
(1,370) 

2016 .................................     16,604     3,537     

(1,366)   $  16    $ 

4    $  195,420    $  (18,717)  $ 

(40,983)  $ 

(8,729)  $ 

127,011  

—       —       —      

388      

—     

607      

—     

995  

(1,366)   $  16    $ 

—       —       —      

4    $  195,808    $  (18,717)  $ 
—     
—      

—       —       —      
59       —       —      

—      
(1,406)    

—     
795     

(40,376)  $ 
(15,450)    

(8,729)  $ 
—     

128,006  
(15,450) 

—      
—      

—      

—      

98     
—     

—     

—     

98  
(611) 

89  

7,323  

income tax benefits ..........      —      —     

—       —       —      

89      

—     

Stock compensation 

expense ............................      —      —     

—       —       —      

7,323      

—     

—       —       —      
182       —       —      

—      
(4,220)    

—     
2,752     

(5,301)    
—      

—     
—     

(5,301) 
(1,468) 

(1,125)   $  16    $ 

—       —       —      

4    $  197,594    $  (15,170)  $ 
—     
—      

—       —       —      
63       —       —      

—      
(2,118)    

—     
1,129     

(61,127)  $ 
(9,065)    

(8,631)  $ 
—     

112,686  
(9,065) 

—      
—      

—      

1,803     
—     

1,803  
(989) 

—     

8,924  

expense ............................      —      —     

—       —       —      

8,924      

—     

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A 
and Class B share, 
respectively) .....................      —      —     
Restricted stock ..................      —      —     
Balance, January 31,  

—     —       —      
170       —       —      

—      
(3,944)    

—     
1,580     

(5,367)    
—      

—     
—     

(5,367) 
(2,364) 

2018 .................................     16,605     3,537     

(892)   $  16    $ 

4    $  200,456    $  (12,461)  $ 

(75,559)  $ 

(6,828)  $ 

105,628  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

59 

Cumulative effect of the 

adoption of ASU  
2016-09 ............................      —      —     

Adjusted balance at 

February 1, 2016 ..............     16,604     3,537     
Net loss ...............................      —      —     
Foreign currency 

translation adjustments .....      —      —     
Stock award exercises .........      —      —     
Stock-based compensation 

Dividends declared ($0.288 
and $0.24 per Class A 
and Class B share, 
respectively) .....................      —      —     
1      —     

Restricted stock ..................     
Balance, January 31,  

2017 .................................     16,605     3,537     
Net loss ...............................      —      —     
Foreign currency 

translation adjustments .....      —      —     
Stock award exercises .........      —      —     
Stock compensation 

 
  
  
 
   
 
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
   
    
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
QAD INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net (loss) income .................................................................................   $ 

(9,065)   $ 

(15,450)    $ 

8,912  

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided  

by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization .........................................................     
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments ....................     
Loss on disposal of property and equipment ....................................     
Net change in valuation allowance ..................................................     
Other deferred income taxes ............................................................     
Change in fair value of a derivative instrument ...............................     
Stock compensation expense ...........................................................     

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions: 

Accounts receivable .........................................................................     
Other assets ......................................................................................     
Accounts payable .............................................................................     
Deferred revenue .............................................................................     
Other liabilities ................................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ....................................     

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of property and equipment ................................................     
Capitalized software costs ...............................................................     
Other, net .........................................................................................     
Net cash used in investing activities ............................................     

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Repayments of debt .........................................................................     
Dividends paid .................................................................................     
Tax payments, net of proceeds, related to stock awards ..................     
Payment of contingent liability associated with acquisitions ...........     
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost ......     
Net cash used in financing activities ............................................     
Effect of exchange rates on cash and equivalents ............................     
Net increase in cash and equivalents ................................................     
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year .......................................     
Cash and equivalents at end of year .................................................   $ 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Cash paid during the period for: 
Interest .............................................................................................   $ 
Income taxes, net of refunds ............................................................     

5,772      
1,021      
85      
1,695      
(2,171)     
(377)     
8,924      

(12,562)     
(1,204)     
2,821      
7,001      
8,478      
10,418      

(3,720)     
(1,019)     
70      
(4,669)     

(445)     
(5,367)     
(3,353)     
—      
—      
(9,165)     
5,357      
1,941      
145,082      
147,023    $ 

6,046      
237      
41      
16,861      
(2,035)     
(485)     
7,323      

(4,141)     
(90)     
646      
7,245      
2,482      
18,680      

(3,267)     
(146)     
7      
(3,406)     

(434)     
(5,301)     
(2,079)     
—      
—      
(7,814)     
(109)     
7,351      
137,731      
145,082    $ 

5,785  
774  
29  
2,564  
(3,154) 
48  
7,440  

10,804  
(2,768) 
(1,441) 
(2,675) 
(2,261) 
24,057  

(3,208) 
(153) 
13  
(3,348) 

(406) 
(5,235) 
(2,461) 
(750) 
8,365  
(487) 
(3,017) 
17,205  
120,526  
137,731  

651    $ 
3,961      

655    $ 
3,396      

700  
3,925  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

60 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
      
        
      
  
  
  
  
QAD INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. SUMMARY OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

BUSINESS 

QAD is a leading provider of flexible, cloud-based and on-premise enterprise software and services for global manufacturing 
companies.    QAD  Enterprise  Applications  supports  operational  requirements  in  the  areas  of  financials,  customer  management, 
supply  chain,  manufacturing,  service  and  support,  analytics,  business  process  management  and  integration.    QAD's  portfolio 
includes  related  solutions  for  quality  management  software,  supply  chain  management  software,  transportation  management 
software and business-to-business interoperability.  Since 1979, QAD solutions have enabled customers in the automotive, consumer 
products, food and beverage, high technology, industrial manufacturing and life sciences industries to better align operations with 
their  strategic  goals  to  become  Effective  Enterprises.  QAD  was  founded  in  1979,  incorporated  in  California  in  1986  and 
reincorporated in Delaware in 1997. 

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of QAD Inc. and all of its subsidiaries. All subsidiaries are wholly-
owned  and  all  significant  balances  and  transactions  among  the  entities  have  been  eliminated  from  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

USE OF ESTIMATES 

The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and, 
accordingly, include amounts based on informed estimates and judgments of management that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Company’s financial statements, and the reported 
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Changes in estimates 
resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods. 

The Company considers certain accounting policies related to revenue, accounts receivable allowances for doubtful accounts, 
goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  income  taxes,  and  accounting  for  stock-based  compensation  to  be  critical  policies  due  to  the 
significance of these items to its operating results and the estimation processes and management judgment involved in each. 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATIONS AND TRANSACTIONS 

The  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  of  the  Company’s  foreign  subsidiaries  are  generally  determined  using  the 
country’s  local  currency  as  the  functional  currency.  Assets  and  liabilities  recorded  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  at  the 
exchange rates on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the 
year. Translation adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to other comprehensive (loss) income, which is 
included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement adjustments of monetary assets and liabilities 
not held in an entity’s functional currency are included in earnings. Foreign currency transaction and remeasurement losses (gains) 
for  fiscal  2018,  2017  and  2016  totaled  $2.5  million,  $0.2  million  and  $(0.5)  million,  respectively,  and  are  included  in  “Other 
(income) expense, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS 

Cash and equivalents consist of cash and short-term marketable securities with maturities of less than 90 days at the date of 
purchase. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash 
equivalents. At January 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s cash and equivalents consisted of money market mutual funds invested 
in U.S. Treasury and government securities, deposit accounts and certificates of deposit. 

61 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET 

Accounts receivable, net, consisted of the following as of January 31: 

Accounts receivable ..............................................................................................................................................    $ 
Less allowance for: 
Doubtful accounts .................................................................................................................................................      
Sales adjustments ..................................................................................................................................................      
Accounts receivable, net ..................................................................................................................................    $ 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
85,281      $ 

(396)      
(1,367)      
83,518      $ 

71,647  

(1,090) 
(1,116) 
69,441  

Trade  accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced  amount  and  do  not  bear  interest.  The  collectability  of  accounts 
receivable is reviewed each period by analyzing balances based on age. Specific allowances are recorded for any balances that the 
Company determines may not be fully collectible due to a customer’s inability to pay. The Company also provides a general reserve 
based on historical data including analysis of write-offs and other known factors. Provisions to the allowance for bad debts are 
included as bad debt expense in “General and Administrative” expense. The determination to write-off specific accounts receivable 
balances is based on the likelihood of collection and past due status. Past due status is based on invoice date and terms specific to 
each customer. The January 31, 2017 allowance for doubtful accounts included $0.7 million related to a fully reserved customer 
account. During fiscal 2018 the collections legal process was exhausted and the $0.7 million allowance for doubtful accounts was 
removed from the balance sheet, with a corresponding decrease in accounts receivable. 

The Company does not generally provide a contractual right of return; however, in the course of business sales adjustments 
related to customer dispute resolution may occur. A provision is recorded against revenue for estimated sales adjustments in the 
same  period  the  related  revenues  are  recorded  or  when  current  information  indicates  additional  amounts  are  required.  These 
estimates are based on historical experience, specifically identified customers and other known factors. 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK 

The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the 
short-term maturities of these instruments. The Company’s line of credit and note payable both bear a variable market interest rate, 
subject to certain minimum interest rates. Therefore, the carrying amounts outstanding under the line of credit and note payable 
reasonably approximate fair value. 

Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the large number of customers comprising our 
customer  base,  and  their  dispersion  across  many  different  industries  and  locations  throughout  the  world.  No  single  customer 
accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue in any of the last three fiscal years. In addition, no single customer 
accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable at January 31, 2018 or 2017. 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Additions and significant improvements to property and equipment are capitalized, 
while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is generally expensed via 
the straight-line method over the useful life of three years for computer equipment and software, five years for furniture and office 
equipment,  10  years  for  building  improvements,  and  39  years  for  buildings.  Leasehold  improvements  are  depreciated  over  the 
shorter of the lease term or the useful life of five years. 

Certain costs associated with software developed for internal use, including payroll costs for employees, are capitalized once 
the project has reached the application development stage and are included in property and equipment classified as software. These 
costs  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  expected  useful  life  of  the  software,  beginning  when  the  asset  is 
substantially ready for use. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, maintenance, training and research and development 
costs are expensed as incurred. 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following as of January 31: 

Buildings and building improvements ........................................................................................................................    $ 
Computer equipment and software .............................................................................................................................      
Furniture and office equipment ...................................................................................................................................      
Leasehold improvements .............................................................................................................................................      
Land .............................................................................................................................................................................      
Automobiles .................................................................................................................................................................      

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .......................................................................................................      
  $ 

62 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
32,444    $ 
17,312      
7,632      
6,677      
3,850      
54      
67,969      
(37,561)     
30,408    $ 

31,979  
16,027  
6,748  
5,984  
3,850  
54  
64,642  
(33,770) 
30,872  

 
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
        
           
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
The changes in property and equipment, net, for the fiscal years ended January 31 were as follows: 

Cost 
Balance at February 1 ............................................................................................................   $ 
Additions ...............................................................................................................................     
Disposals ...............................................................................................................................     
Impact of foreign currency translation ..................................................................................     
Balance at January 31 ............................................................................................................     

Accumulated depreciation 
Balance at February 1 ............................................................................................................     
Depreciation ..........................................................................................................................     
Disposals ...............................................................................................................................     
Impact of foreign currency translation ..................................................................................     
Balance at January 31 ............................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net at January 31 ............................................................................   $ 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

64,642    $ 
3,720      
(1,874)     
1,481      
67,969      

(33.770)     
(4,562)     
1,719      
(948)     
(37,561)     
30,408    $ 

64,925  
3,267  
(3,258) 
(292) 
64,642  

(32,845) 
(4,326) 
3,211  
190  
(33,770) 
30,872  

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  property  and  equipment  for  fiscal  2018,  2017  and  2016  was  $4.6  million,  $4.3 
million, and $4.0 million, respectively. There was no impairment of property and equipment assets during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 
2016. 

CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE COSTS 

The  Company  capitalizes  software  development  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  localization  and  translation  of  its 
products once technological feasibility has been achieved based on a working model. A working model is defined as an operative 
version of the computer software product that is completed in the same software language as the product to be ultimately marketed, 
performs all the major functions planned for the product and is ready for initial customer testing (usually identified as beta testing). 
In addition, the Company capitalizes software purchased from third parties or through business combinations as acquired software 
technology, if the related software under development has reached technological feasibility. 

The amortization of capitalized software costs is the greater of the straight-line basis over three years, the expected useful life, 
or a computation using a ratio of current revenue for a product compared to the estimated total of current and future revenues for 
that product. The Company periodically compares the unamortized capitalized software costs to the estimated net realizable value 
of the associated product. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized software costs of a particular software product exceeds 
the estimated net realizable value of that asset would be reported as a charge to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

Capitalized software costs and accumulated amortization at January 31 were as follows: 

Capitalized software costs: 
Acquired software technology ........................................................................................    $ 
Capitalized software development costs .........................................................................      

Less accumulated amortization .......................................................................................      
Capitalized software costs, net ........................................................................................    $ 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

—     $ 
1,516       
1,516       
(526 )     
990     $ 

3,458   
748   
4,206   
(3,474 ) 
732   

Acquired software technology costs relate to technology purchased from the Company’s fiscal 2013 acquisitions of DynaSys 
and  CEBOS.  In  addition  to  the  acquired  software  technology,  the  Company  has  capitalized  costs  related  to  translations  and 
localizations of QAD Enterprise Applications. 

It is the Company’s policy to write off capitalized software development costs once fully amortized. Accordingly, during fiscal 
2018, $3.7 million of costs and accumulated amortization was removed from the balance sheet and was primarily related to the 
acquired software technology which was fully amortized during fiscal 2018. 

Amortization of capitalized software costs for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $0.8 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million, 
respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs is included in “Cost of license fees” in the accompanying Consolidated 
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. 

63 

 
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
         
  
  
      
         
  
      
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
       
         
  
  
    
  
  
 
Estimated  amortization  expense  relating  to  the  Company’s  capitalized  software  costs  as  of  January  31,  2018  is  $445,000, 

$365,000 and $180,000 in fiscal 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. 

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets of purchased businesses. Goodwill is not 
amortized, but instead is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis and whenever circumstances suggest that goodwill 
may be impaired. The Company tests goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Company performs a 
two-step impairment test. Under the first step of the goodwill impairment test, the Company is required to compare the fair value 
of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, 
goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is not performed. If the results of the first step of the 
impairment test indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit does not exceed its carrying amount, then the second step of the 
goodwill  impairment  test  is  required.  The  second  step  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  compares  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The impairment loss is measured by the excess of the carrying 
amount of the reporting unit goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. 

Management  evaluates  the  Company  as  a  single  reporting  unit  for  business  and  operating  purposes  as  almost  all  of  the 
Company’s  revenue  streams  are  generated  by  the  same  underlying  technology  whether  acquired,  purchased  or  developed.  In 
addition, the majority of the Company’s costs are, by their nature, shared costs that are not specifically identifiable to a geography 
or  product  line  but  relate  to  almost  all  products.  As  a  result,  there  is  a  high  degree  of  interdependency  among  the  Company’s 
revenues and cash flows for levels below the consolidated entity and identifiable cash flows for a component separate from the 
consolidated  entity  are  not  meaningful.  Therefore,  the  Company’s  impairment  test  considers  the  consolidated  entity  as  a  single 
reporting unit. 

Judgments  about  the  recoverability  of  purchased  finite  lived  intangible  assets  are  made  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. Each fiscal year the Company evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives 
of  purchased  intangible  assets  and  whether  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  warrant  a  revision  to  the  remaining  periods  of 
amortization. Recoverability of finite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the 
future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. 

Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of intangible assets are complex and subjective. 
They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors 
such as changes in the Company’s business strategy or internal forecasts. 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, and 2017 were as follows: 

Gross  
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated 
Impairment 
     (in thousands) 

Goodwill,  
Net 

Balance at January 31, 2016 ............................................................    $ 
Impact of foreign currency translation .............................................      
Balance at January 31, 2017 ............................................................      
Impact of foreign currency translation .............................................      
Balance at January 31, 2018 ............................................................    $ 

26,253     $ 
(87 )     
26,166       
465       
26,631     $ 

(15,608 )   $ 
—       
(15,608 )     
—       
(15,608 )   $ 

10,645   
(87 ) 
10,558   
465   
11,023   

During each of the fourth quarters of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, an impairment analysis was performed at the enterprise level 
which compared the Company’s market capitalization to its net assets as of the test date, November 30. As the market capitalization 
substantially exceeded the Company’s net assets, there was no indication of goodwill impairment for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

Intangible assets were as follows: 

Amortizable intangible assets 

Customer relationships ...................................................................................................................................   $ 
Trade name .....................................................................................................................................................     

Less: accumulated amortization .....................................................................................................................     
Net amortizable intangible assets ...................................................................................................................   $ 

2,721  
515  
3,236  
(2,821) 
415  

   January 31, 2017   
(in thousands) 

64 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
The Company’s intangible assets as of January 31, 2017 are related to the DynaSys and CEBOS acquisitions completed in 
fiscal 2013. Intangible assets are included in “Other assets, net” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of January 
31, 2018, the Company’s intangible assets were fully amortized. 

Amortization of intangible assets was $0.4 million for the fiscal year 2018 and $0.7 million for each of the fiscal years 2017 

and 2016.  

INCOME TAXES 

Income tax expense includes U.S. (federal and state) and foreign income taxes. Tax legislation commonly known as the Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) includes a mandatory one-time tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and 
as a result, all previously unremitted earnings for which no U.S. deferred tax liability had been accrued have now been subject to 
U.S. federal income tax. Notwithstanding the U.S. taxation of these amounts, the Company intends to continue to invest most or all 
of  these  earnings,  as  well  as  its  capital  in  these  subsidiaries,  indefinitely  outside  of  the  U.S.  and  does  not  expect  to  incur  any 
significant, additional taxes related to such amounts. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect  the  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities and their tax bases and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered. 
Deferred tax assets are evaluated for future realization and reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent the Company believes 
they will not be realized. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future realization of its deferred 
tax assets, including recent cumulative loss experience and expectations of future earnings, and investment in such jurisdiction, the 
carry-forward periods available to the Company for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. 

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain income tax positions (tax contingencies). 
The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more 
likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second 
step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The 
Company  considers  many  factors  when  evaluating  its  tax  positions  and  estimating  its  tax  benefits,  which  may  require  periodic 
adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. The Company includes interest and penalties related to its tax 
contingencies in income tax expense. 

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

The  Company  accounts  for  share-based  payments  (“equity  awards”)  to  employees  in  accordance  with  ASC  718, 
Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), which requires that share-based payments (to the extent they are compensatory) 
be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income based on the fair values of the equity awards 
as measured at the grant date. The fair value of an equity award is recognized as stock-based compensation expense ratably over 
the vesting period of the equity award. Determining the fair value of equity awards at the grant date requires judgment. 

Fair Value of RSUs 

The  fair  value  of  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  is  determined  on  the  grant  date  of  the  award  as  the  market  price  of  the 
Company’s common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends foregone during the vesting 
period.  Judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  present  value  of  estimated  dividends  foregone  during  the  vesting  period.  The 
Company estimates the dividends for purposes of this calculation based on the Company’s historical dividend payments per share, 
which has remained consistent over the last three years. 

Fair Value of SARs 

The fair value of stock-settled stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) is determined on the grant date of the award using the Black-
Scholes-Merton valuation model. One of the inputs to the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model is the fair market value of the 
Company’s  stock  on  the  date  of  grant.  Judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  remaining  inputs  to  the  Black-Scholes-Merton 
valuation model. These inputs include the expected life, volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the dividend rate. The following 
describes the Company’s policies with respect to determining these valuation inputs: 

65 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Expected Life - The expected life valuation input includes a computation that is based on historical vested SAR exercises and 
post-vest expiration patterns and an estimate of the expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding. Furthermore, 
based on the Company’s historical pattern of SAR exercises and post-vest expiration patterns the Company determined that there 
are two discernible populations which include the Company’s directors and officers (“D&O”) and all other QAD employees. The 
estimate of the expected life for SARs that were fully vested and outstanding is determined as the midpoint of a range as follows: 
the low end of the range assumes the fully vested and outstanding SARs are exercised or expire unexercised on the evaluation date 
and the high end of the range assumes that these SARs are exercised or expire unexercised upon contractual term. 

Volatility  -  The  volatility  valuation  input  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  which  the 

Company believes is representative of the expected volatility over the expected life of SARs. 

Risk-Free Interest Rate - The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury constant maturities in effect at the time of 

grant for the expected term of the SAR. 

Dividend Rate - The dividend rate is based on the Company’s historical dividend payments per share. 

The Company records deferred tax assets for equity awards that result in deductions on its income tax returns, based on the 
amount  of  stock-based  compensation  recognized  and  the  fair  values  attributable  to  the  vested  portion  of  those  equity  awards. 
Because  the  deferred  tax  assets  the  Company  records  are  based  upon  the  stock-based  compensation  expenses  in  a  particular 
jurisdiction, the aforementioned inputs that affect the fair values of equity awards may also indirectly affect the income tax expense. 
If the tax deduction is less than the deferred tax asset, the calculated shortfall would increase income tax expense. If the tax deduction 
is more than the deferred tax asset, the calculated windfall would decrease income tax expense. 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME 

Comprehensive (loss) income includes changes in the balances of items that are reported directly as a separate component of 
Stockholders’ Equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The components of comprehensive (loss) income are net (loss) income 
and  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments.  The  Company  does  not  provide  for  income  taxes  on  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustments since it does not provide for taxes on the unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. The changes in “Accumulated 
other  comprehensive  loss”  are  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  and  Comprehensive  (Loss) 
Income. 

REVENUE 

The Company offers its software using two models, a traditional on-premise licensing model and a cloud delivery model. The 
traditional model involves the sale or license of software on a perpetual basis to customers who take possession of the software and 
install  and  maintain  the  software  on  their  own  hardware.  Under  the  cloud  delivery  model  the  Company  provides  access  to  the 
software on a hosted basis as a service and customers generally do not have the contractual right to take possession of the software. 

Revenue is recognized when 1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists 2) delivery has occurred or services has been 
rendered 3) fees are fixed or determinable and 4) collectability is probable. If we determine that any of the four criteria is not met, 
we will defer recognition of revenue until all the criteria are met. 

Revenue is presented net of sales, use and value-added taxes collected from customers. 

Software Revenue Recognition (On-Premise Model) 

The majority of the Company’s software is sold or licensed in multiple-element arrangements that include support services 
and often consulting services or other elements. Delivery of software is considered to have occurred upon electronic transfer of the 
license key that provides immediate availability of the product to the purchaser. Determining whether and when some of the above 
noted revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied often involves assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact 
on the timing and amount of revenue reported. Typical payment terms vary by region. Occasionally, payment terms of up to one 
year may be granted for software license fees to customers with an established history of collections without concessions.  

Provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met, the Company recognizes license revenue on delivery using the 
residual method when VSOE exists for all of the undelivered elements (for example, support services, consulting, or other services) 
in the arrangement. Revenue is allocated to each undelivered element based on VSOE, which is the price charged when that element 
is sold separately or, for elements not yet sold separately, the price established by management if it is probable that the price will 
not change before the element is sold separately. The Company allocates revenue to undelivered support services (maintenance) 
based on rates charged to renew the support services annually after an initial period. Revenue is allocated to undelivered consulting 
services  based  on  time  and  materials  rates  of  stand-alone  services  engagements  by  role  and  by  country. The  Company  reviews 
VSOE at least annually. If the Company is unable to establish or maintain VSOE for one or more undelivered elements within a 

66 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
multiple-element software arrangement, it could adversely impact revenues, results of operations and financial position because the 
Company may have to defer all or a portion of the revenue or recognize revenue ratably. 

Multiple-element software arrangements for which VSOE does not exist for all undelivered elements typically occur when the 
Company introduces a new product or product bundles for which the Company has not established VSOE for support services or 
fixed fee consulting or other services. In these instances, revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the longer of the support 
services  (maintenance  period)  or  consulting  services  engagement,  assuming  there  are  no  specified  future  deliverables.  In  the 
instances in which it has been determined that revenue on these bundled arrangements will be recognized ratably due to lack of 
VSOE, at the time of recognition, the Company allocates revenue from these bundled arrangement fees to all of the non-license 
revenue categories based on VSOE of similar support services or consulting services. The remaining arrangement fees, if any, are 
then allocated to software license fee revenues. The associated costs primarily consist of payroll and related costs to perform both 
the consulting services and provide support services and royalty expense related to the license and maintenance revenue. These 
costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of maintenance, subscription and other revenue, cost of professional services 
and cost of license fees. 

Revenue from support services and product updates, referred to as maintenance revenue, is recognized ratably over the term 
of  the  maintenance  period,  which  in  most  instances  is  one  year.  Software  license  updates  provide  customers  with  rights  to 
unspecified software product updates, maintenance releases and patches released during the term of the support period on a when-
and-if available basis. Product support includes Internet access to technical content, as well as Internet and telephone access to 
technical  support  personnel.  Customers  generally  purchase  both  product  support  and  license  updates  when  they  acquire  new 
software licenses. In addition, a majority of customers renew their support services contracts annually. 

The Company occasionally resells third party systems as part of an end-to-end solution requested by customers. Hardware 
revenue is recognized on a gross basis in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 605-45, Revenue Recognition – Principal 
Agent Considerations. Delivery is considered to occur when the product is shipped and title and risk of loss have passed to the 
customer. 

The Company executes arrangements through indirect sales channels via sales agents and distributors in which the indirect 
sales channels are authorized to market the Company’s software products to end users. In arrangements with sales agents, revenue 
is recognized on a sell-through basis once an order is received from the end user, collectability from the end user is probable, a 
signed  license  agreement  from  the  end  user  has  been  received,  delivery  has  been  made  to  the  end  user  and  all  other  revenue 
recognition criteria have been satisfied. Sales agents are compensated on a commission basis. Distributor arrangements are those in 
which  the  resellers  are  authorized  to  market  and  distribute  our  software  products  to  end  users  in  specified  territories  and  the 
distributor  bears  the  risk  of  collection  from  the  end  user  customer.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  from  transactions  with 
distributors when the distributor submits a written purchase commitment, collectability from the distributor is probable, a signed 
license  agreement  is  received  from  the  distributor  and  delivery  has  occurred  to  the  distributor,  provided  that  all  other  revenue 
recognition  criteria  have  been  satisfied.  Revenue  from  distributor  transactions  is  recorded  on  a  net  basis  (the  amount  actually 
received by the Company from the distributor). The Company does not offer rights of return, product rotation or price protection to 
any distributors. 

Subscription Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  recognizes  the  following  fees  in  subscription  revenue:  i)  subscription  fees  from  customers  accessing  the 
Company’s cloud and other subscription offerings, ii) transition fees for services such as set up, configuration, database conversion 
and migration, and iii) support fees on hosted products. Subscription arrangements do not generally provide customers with the 
right to take possession of the subscribed software. 

Subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  initial  subscription  period  committed  to  by  the  customer  commencing 
when the customer has been given access to the cloud environment. Transition fees are recognized over the estimated life of the 
customer relationship once the customer has gone live. The initial subscription period is typically 12 to 60 months. Subscription 
services are non-cancelable, though customers typically have the right to terminate their contracts if we materially fail to perform. 
The Company generally invoices customers in advance in quarterly or annual installments and typical payment terms provide that 
customers pay the Company within 30 days of invoice. 

The Company may enter into multiple-element arrangements that may include a combination of subscription offering and other 
professional services or arrangements that may include both software and non-software elements. The Company allocates revenue 
to  each  element  in  an  arrangement  based  on  a  selling  price  hierarchy  in  accordance  with  ASC  605-25,  Revenue  Recognition  - 
Multiple Deliverable Revenue Arrangements. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement as separate units 
of  accounting,  the  deliverables  must  have  standalone  value  upon  delivery. The  Company evaluates  each  element  in  a  multiple-
element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of 
accounting when the item has standalone value and delivery of any undelivered elements is probable and within the Company’s 
control. Subscription and support services have standalone value because they are routinely sold separately. Consulting services and 
other services have standalone value because the Company has sold consulting services separately and there are several third party 

67 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
vendors that routinely provide similar consulting services to the Company’s customers on a standalone basis. Relative selling price 
for a deliverable is based on its VSOE, if available, or Estimated Selling Price (“ESP”), if VSOE is not available. The Company has 
determined that third-party evidence (“TPE”) is not a practical alternative due to differences in the Company’s service offerings 
compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. The determination for ESP is made through 
consultation with and approval by management taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. As the Company’s go-to-market 
strategies evolve, there may be modifications of pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in both VSOE and 
ESP. 

For  multiple-element  arrangements  that  may  include  a  combination  of  our  subscription  offerings  and  other  professional 
services, the total arrangement fee is allocated to each element based on the VSOE / ESP value of each element. After allocation, 
the revenue associated with the subscription offering and other professional services are recognized as described above. 

Professional Services  

Revenue from consulting services, which the Company calls professional services in the Consolidated Statements of Income 
and Comprehensive Income, are typically comprised of implementation, development, training or other consulting services sold 
along  with  on-premise  and  cloud  Consulting  services  are  generally  sold  on  a  time-and-materials  basis  and  can  include  services 
ranging  from  software  installation  to  data  conversion  and  building  non-complex  interfaces  to  allow  the  software  to  operate  in 
integrated environments. The Company recognizes revenue for time-and-materials as the services are performed or upon written 
acceptance  from  customers,  if  applicable,  assuming  all  other  conditions  for  revenue  recognition  have  been  met.  Consulting 
engagements  can  range  anywhere  from  one  day  to  many  months  and  are  based  strictly  on  the  customer’s  requirements  and 
complexities and are independent of the functionality of our software. The Company’s software, as delivered, can generally be used 
by  the  customer  for  the  customer’s  purpose  upon  installation.  Further,  implementation  and  integration  services  provided  are 
generally not essential to the functionality of the software, as delivered, and do not result in any material changes to the underlying 
software code. On occasion, the Company enters into fixed fee arrangements in which customer payments are tied to achievement 
of specific milestones. In fixed fee arrangements, revenue is recognized as services are performed as measured by costs incurred to 
date, as compared to total estimated costs to be incurred to complete the work. In milestone achievement arrangements, revenue is 
recognized as the respective milestones are achieved. 

ADVERTISING EXPENSES 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses were $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million for fiscal 

years 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

All costs incurred to establish the technological feasibility of the Company’s software products are expensed to research and 
development (“R&D”) as incurred. R&D expenses totaled $47.7 million, $43.6 million and $41.2 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 
and 2016, respectively. 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE, NET 

The components of other (income) expense, net for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were as follows: 

Interest income ........................................................................................   $ 
Interest expense .......................................................................................     
Foreign exchange losses (gains) ..............................................................     
Change in fair value of interest rate swap ...............................................     
Other income, net ....................................................................................     
Total other expense (income), net ...........................................................   $ 

(1,547)   $ 
669      
2,466      
(377)     
(77)     
1,134    $ 

(696 )   $ 
670       
180       
(485 )     
(131 )     
(462 )   $ 

(320 ) 
712   
(503 ) 
48   
(302 ) 
(365 ) 

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

68 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
COMPUTATION OF NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE 

Net (loss) income per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is computed using the two-class method. 
Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to cash or stock dividends equal to 120% of the amount of such dividend payable 
with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share: 

Years Ended January 31,  
2018 
2016 
2017 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

Net (loss) income ..............................................................................................   $ 
Less: dividends declared ...................................................................................     
Undistributed net (loss) income.........................................................................   $ 

(9,065)   $ 
(5,367)     
(14,432)   $ 

(15,450)   $ 
(5,301)     
(20,751)   $ 

8,912  
(5,235) 
3,677  

Net (loss) income per share – Class A Common Stock 
Dividends declared ............................................................................................   $ 
Allocation of undistributed net (loss) income ...................................................     
Net (loss) income attributable to Class A common stock ..................................   $ 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—basic .........     
Weighted average potential shares of Class A common stock ..........................     
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock and potential common 

4,596    $ 
(12,358)     
(7,762)   $ 

4,531    $ 
(17,742)     
(13,211)   $ 

4,466  
3,140  
7,606  

15,942      
—      

15,715      
—      

15,466  
758  

shares outstanding—diluted ..........................................................................     

15,942      

15,715      

16,224  

Basic net (loss) income per Class A common share ..........................................   $ 
Diluted net (loss) income per Class A common share .......................................   $ 
Net (loss) income per share – Class B Common Stock 
Dividends declared ............................................................................................   $ 
Allocation of undistributed net (loss) income ...................................................     
Net (loss) income attributable to Class B common stock ..................................   $ 

(0.49)   $ 
(0.49)   $ 

771    $ 
(2,074)     
(1,303)   $ 

(0.84)   $ 
(0.84)   $ 

770    $ 
(3,009)     
(2,239)   $ 

Weighted average shares of Class B common stock outstanding—basic .........     
Weighted average potential shares of Class B common stock ..........................     
Weighted average shares of Class B common stock and potential common 

3,213      
—      

3,206      
—      

0.49  
0.47  

769  
537  
1,306  

3,201  
82  

shares outstanding—diluted ..........................................................................     

3,213      

3,206      

3,283  

Basic net (loss) income per Class B common share ..........................................   $ 
Diluted net (loss) income per Class B common share .......................................   $ 

(0.41)   $ 
(0.41)   $ 

(0.70)   $ 
(0.70)   $ 

0.41  
0.40  

Potential common shares consist of the shares issuable upon the release of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and the exercise of 
stock options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). The Company’s unvested RSUs, unexercised stock options and unexercised 
SARs are not considered participating securities as they do not have rights to dividends or dividend equivalents prior to release or 
exercise. 

The following table sets forth the number of potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per 

share because their effects were anti-dilutive: 

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

Class A ..............................................................................................................     
Class B ..............................................................................................................     

3,236      
380      

2,985      
378      

528   
99   

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

With the exception of those discussed below, there have been no recent changes in accounting pronouncements issued by the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or adopted by the Company during the fiscal year ended  January 31, 2018, that 
are of significance, or potential significance, to the Company. 

69 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Accounting Standards Adopted 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 regarding ASC Topic 718, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment 
Accounting. The new guidance requires excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies to be recorded in the income statement when the 
awards vest or are settled. In addition, cash flows related to excess tax benefits will no longer be separately classified as a financing 
activity apart from other income tax cash flows. The standard also increases the amount of shares an employer can withhold for tax 
purposes without triggering liability accounting, clarifies that all cash payments made on an employee's behalf for withheld shares 
should be presented as a financing activity in the statements of cash flows, and provides an entity-wide accounting policy election 
to account for forfeitures as they occur. 

The Company elected to early adopt the new guidance in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017 which required the Company to 
reflect any adjustments as of February 1, 2016, the beginning of the annual period that includes the interim period of adoption. The 
primary impact of adoption was the recognition of excess tax benefits in the Company’s provision for income taxes rather than paid-
in capital for all periods in fiscal year 2017. Additional amendments to the accounting for income taxes resulted in the recognition 
of prior year unrealized excess tax benefits. This recognition resulted in an increase to the Company’s deferred tax assets of $2.2 
million, an increase to valuation allowance $1.2 million and an offset to opening accumulated deficit of $1.0 million.  

The Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur using a modified retrospective transition method, which resulted 
in  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  of  $0.4  million  to  increase  the  February  1,  2016  opening  accumulated  deficit.  Additional 
amendments to the accounting for minimum statutory withholding tax requirements had no impact to opening accumulated deficit 
as of February 1, 2016 as the Company does not withhold more than the minimum statutory requirements. 

The Company elected to apply the presentation requirements for cash flows related to excess tax benefits retrospectively to all 
periods  presented  which  resulted  in  an  increase  to  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  and  a  decrease  to  net  cash  used  in 
financing of $0.8 million for fiscal 2016. The presentation requirements for cash flows related to employee taxes paid for withheld 
shares had no impact to any of the periods presented in the Company’s consolidated cash flows statements since such cash flows 
have historically been presented as a financing activity.  

In  April  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-03  -  Interest  -  Imputation  of  Interest  (Subtopic  2015-03):  Simplifying  the 
Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in 
the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of being presented as an asset, 
consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by ASU 2015-
03. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years and is 
to be implemented retrospectively. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Adoption 
of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  August  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2015-15,  Interest-Imputation  of  Interest  (Subtopic  835-30):  Presentation  and 
Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line of Credit Arrangements, given that the authoritative guidance 
within ASU 2015-03 for debt issuance costs does not address presentation or subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related 
to line-of-credit arrangements. The SEC staff would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset 
and subsequently amortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of 
whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. The Company adopted the provisions of this ASU 
in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. Adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires deferred 
tax liabilities and assets be presented as noncurrent on the statement of financial position. ASU 2015-17 will be effective for the 
Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 2017. The standard permits the use of either prospective or retrospective application 
to all periods presented. The Company adopted the provisions of this standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017 with prospective 
application. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-01,  Business  Combinations:  Clarifying  the  Definition  of  a  Business,  which 
provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business. The amendments will be 
effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance is required to 
be applied on a prospective basis. The effect of adoption of ASU 2017-01 will depend upon the nature of the Company's future 
acquisitions, if any. 

70 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the  Test  for 
Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill to eliminate Step 2 from the goodwill impairment 
test. In addition, it eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative 
assessment and, if that fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. Therefore, the same impairment 
assessment applies to all reporting units. The amendments will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning February 1, 
2020. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance is required to be applied on a prospective basis. The Company does not believe 
adoption of ASU 2017-04 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory which 
requires that entities recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the 
transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 will be effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning February 1, 2018. The standard is required 
to  be  applied  on  a  modified  retrospective  basis  through  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  directly  to  retained  earnings  as  of  the 
beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the accounting, transition, and disclosure requirements 
of the standard.  

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842).    ASU  2016-02  requires  companies  to  generally 
recognize  on  the  balance  sheet  operating  and  financing  lease  liabilities  and  corresponding  right-of-use  assets.  ASU  2016-02  is 
effective for the Company in its first quarter of fiscal 2020 on a modified retrospective basis and earlier adoption is permitted. The 
Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements and 
currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease 
liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of ASU 2016-02. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC Topic 606”), which 
replaces  the  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance.    The  new  guidance  creates  a  single,  principle-based  model  for  revenue 
recognition that expands and improves disclosures about revenue. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs 
related to obtaining customer contracts. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASC Topic 606 to have any impact on its 
total cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities. 

The Company is continuing to assess the impact of adopting ASC Topic 606 on its financial position, results of operations and 

related disclosures. The Company believes the most significant impacts are as follows: 

●  Removal of vendor specific objective evidence under current software revenue recognition will result in earlier recognition of 
license revenues in those instances where the Company sold a multi-element deal where services and/or maintenance did not
have vendor specific objective evidence; 

●  Removal of the current limitation on contingent revenue will result in revenue being recognized earlier for certain contracts; 
●  Commission expense related to new cloud and first year maintenance contracts will no longer be expensed as incurred; rather
these incremental commission costs and other associated fringe benefits will be capitalized and amortized over the associated
term of economic benefit which the Company has determined to be five years; 

●  Sales agent fees to obtain new cloud and first year maintenance contracts will no longer be expensed as incurred; rather these
costs will be capitalized and amortized over the associated term of economic benefit which the Company has determined to be
five years; and 

●  Cloud environment set up costs will no longer be expensed as incurred; rather these costs will be capitalized and amortized

over the associated term of economic benefit which the Company has determined to be five years. 

The  Company  has  identified  changes  to  its  accounting  policies  and  practices  and  controls  to  support  the  new  revenue 
recognition  standard.  Implementation  of  the  policy  and  control  changes  are  in  progress  along  with  the  Company’s  continued 
assessment of potential changes to its disclosures under the new guidance.  The Company is currently assessing the tax impact from 
adoption. 

The two permitted transition methods under the new standard are the full retrospective method, under which ASC Topic 606 
would be applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard would be recognized 
at the earliest period shown; or the modified retrospective method, under which the cumulative effect of applying ASC Topic 606 
would be recognized at the date of initial application. ASC Topic 606 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those 
years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted ASC Topic 606 starting on February 1, 2018 and elected the 
modified retrospective transition approach. 

The  adoption  of  ASC  Topic  606  will  impact  the  opening  consolidated  balance  sheet  on  February  1,  2018,  for  contingent 
revenue and license revenue, by decreasing accumulated deficit with a corresponding increase to contract assets and a decrease in 
deferred revenue. In addition, the impact to commissions, sales agent fees and set up costs will result in a decrease to accumulated 
deficit, offset by an increase in current and other assets. The Company is currently finalizing these opening balance sheet adjustments 
including completing the transition internal controls review. The Company expects the largest opening balance sheet adjustment 
will be the capitalization of commission expense. 

71 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
2. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

When determining fair value, the Company uses a three-tier value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair 
value.  Whenever  possible,  the  Company  uses  observable  market  data.  The  Company  relies  on  unobservable  inputs  only  when 
observable market data is not available. Classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is 
significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in 
its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability. 

●  Level 1 - Money market mutual funds are recorded at fair value based upon quoted market prices. 

●  Level 2 - The asset or liability related to the interest rate swap is recorded at fair value based upon a valuation model that uses

relevant observable market inputs at quoted intervals, such as forward yield curves. 

The following table sets forth the financial assets and liabilities, measured at fair value, as of January 31, 2018 and January 

31, 2017: 

   Fair value measurement at reporting date using  

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 
(in thousands) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Money market mutual funds as of January 31, 2018 ...............................   $ 
Money market mutual funds as of January 31, 2017 ...............................   $ 
Asset related to the interest rate swap as of January 31, 2018 .................     
Liability related to the interest rate swap as of January 31, 2017 ............     

115,416        
116,043      
     $ 
     $ 

187       
(190 )     

Money market mutual funds are classified as part of “Cash and equivalents” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
The amount of cash and equivalents deposited with commercial banks was $32 million and $29 million as of January 31, 2018 and 
January 31, 2017, respectively. 

The  Company’s  note  payable  bears  a  variable  market  interest  rate  commensurate  with  the  Company’s  credit  standing. 

Therefore, the carrying amount outstanding under the note payable reasonably approximates fair value based on Level 2 inputs. 

There have been no transfers between fair value measurements levels during the 12 months ended January 31, 2018. 

Derivative Instruments 

The Company entered into an interest rate swap in May 2012 to mitigate the exposure to the variability of one month LIBOR 
for its floating rate debt described in Note 8 “Debt” within these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The fair value of the 
interest rate swap is reflected as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the change in fair value is reported in 
“Other (income) expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. The fair value of 
the interest rate swap is estimated as the net present value of projected cash flows based upon forward interest rates at the balance 
sheet date. 

The fair values of the derivative instrument at January 31, 2018 and January 31, 2017 were as follows (in thousands): 

   Balance Sheet Location 

     January 31, 2018       January 31, 2017 

Asset (Liability) 

Fair Value 

Derivative instrument: 

Interest rate swap .................................................    Other assets (liabilities) net      $ 
     $ 

Total .................................................................     

187    $ 
187    $ 

(190)
(190)

The change in fair value of the interest rate swap recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income for the twelve months ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $377,000, $485,000 and $(48,000), respectively. 

3. INCOME TAXES 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  United  States  signed  into  law  The  Tax  Cuts  and  Job  Act,  (the  “Tax  Act”),  which  imposes  a 
repatriation tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, implements a territorial tax system together with a current tax on 
accumulated foreign earnings and lowers the general corporate income tax rate to 21%.  The Tax Act requires the Company to pay 
a one-time deemed repatriation income tax on the net accumulated earnings of its foreign subsidiaries at a tax rate of 15.5%. 

72 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
    
        
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
      
       
   
  
  
  
The  Tax  Act  significantly  changes  how  the  U.S.  taxes  corporations.  The  Tax  Act  requires  complex  computations  to  be 
performed that were not previously required, significant judgments to be made and significant estimates in calculations. The U.S. 
Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies could interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the Tax Act 
will be applied or otherwise administered that is different from the Company’s interpretation.  Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 
Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), allows companies to record provisional amounts 
during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date.  The Company's accounting for the Tax Act will 
be completed within the measurement period provided by SAB 118. 

The Company recorded an estimated one-time deemed repatriation tax of $10 million on its foreign subsidiaries estimated net 
accumulated earnings of $64 million. This additional income tax expense was partially offset by net operating losses of $5.6 million, 
R&D tax credits of $1.6 million, and foreign tax credits of $4.1 million that were generated by the deemed repatriation.  The Tax 
Act increased the Company’s U.S. estimated tax liability by $2.0 million. This estimated tax liability may be paid over eight years 
in  interest  free  installments  or  the  Company  may  elect  to  pay  the  entire  net  tax  liability  in  fiscal  2019.  Management  has  not 
determined which payment method to use. 

Consolidated net (loss)/income before income taxes is summarized as follows: 

Domestic net (loss) income before income taxes ....................................   $ 
Foreign net (loss) income before income taxes .......................................     
Consolidated net (loss) income before income taxes ...............................   $ 

(4,793)   $ 
585      
(4,208)   $ 

(3,774 )   $ 
7,600       
3,826     $ 

(7,835 ) 
18,371   
10,536   

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized as follows: 

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

Current: 

U.S. federal ..........................................................................................   $ 
State .....................................................................................................     
Foreign ................................................................................................     
Subtotal ............................................................................................     

Deferred: 

U.S. federal ..........................................................................................     
State .....................................................................................................     
Foreign ................................................................................................     
Subtotal ............................................................................................     
Equity adjustment ....................................................................................     
Total .................................................................................................   $ 

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

2,862    $ 
38      
2,433      
5,333      

(519)     
19      
24      
(476)     
—      
4,857    $ 

437     $ 
30       
3,894       
4,361       

11,564       
3,610       
(348 )     
14,826       
89       
19,276     $ 

(1,656 ) 
26   
2,591   
961   

(956 ) 
303   
63   
(590 ) 
1,253   
1,624   

Actual income tax expense differs from that obtained by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income before 

income taxes as follows: 

Computed expected tax expense (benefit) ...............................................   $ 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax expense ............................     
Incremental tax expense (benefit) from foreign operations .....................     
Non-deductible equity compensation ......................................................     
Foreign withholding taxes .......................................................................     
Net change in valuation allowance ..........................................................     
Net change in contingency reserve ..........................................................     
Non-deductible expenses .........................................................................     
Benefit of tax credits ...............................................................................     
Subpart F income ....................................................................................     
Rate change impact .................................................................................     
Benefit from liquidation utilized .............................................................     
U.S. Tax Reform (the “Tax Act”) ...........................................................     
Other........................................................................................................     
Total .................................................................................................   $ 

73 

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

(1,431)   $ 
(157)     
923      
(1,004)     
794      
5,448      
(81)     
(407)     
(1,766)     
302      
187      
—      
1,951      
98      
4,857    $ 

1,301     $ 
(54 )     
137       
(29 )     
676       
16,861       
198       
660       
(1,243 )     
345       
19       
—       
—       
405       
19,276     $ 

3,582   
252   
(2,548 ) 
254   
968   
2,564   
(379 ) 
621   
(3,186 ) 
254   
193   
(1,321 ) 
—   
370   
1,624   

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
       
        
    
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
The Company files U.S. federal, state, and foreign tax returns that are subject to audit by various tax authorities. The Company 

is currently under audit in: 

India for fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2011, 2013, and 2014 
●  
●  
Iowa for fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 
●   Kentucky for fiscal year ended January 31, 2016 
●   Netherlands for fiscal year ended January 31, 2016 

During fiscal 2018, the Company closed the following audits with small or no adjustment: 

India for fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1999 and 2015 

●  
●   China for calendar years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 

As of January 31, 2018, with the mandatory deemed repatriation and the understanding that most of the Company’s overseas 
cash is maintained by QAD Ireland, the Company continues to maintain its permanently reinvestment assertion under APB 23 for 
all  of    its  foreign  subsidiaries  as  it  relates  to  withholding  taxes,  state  taxes  and  currency  gains  and  losses.  These  permanently 
reinvested  earnings  are  approximately  $81  million  at  January  31,  2018.  It  is  not  practicable  for  the  Company  to  determine  the 
amount of the related unrecognized deferred income tax liability. 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The Tax Act reduces the U.S. statutory tax rate 
from 35% to 21% for years after 2017. Accordingly, the Company has remeasured its deferred taxes as of January 31, 2018 to reflect 
the reduced rate. 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales adjustments ....................................................   $ 
Accrued vacation ................................................................................................................     
Tax credits ..........................................................................................................................     
Deferred revenue ................................................................................................................     
Net operating loss carry forwards .......................................................................................     
Accrued expenses – other ...................................................................................................     
Other comprehensive income .............................................................................................     
Section 263(a) interest capitalization ..................................................................................     
Equity compensation ..........................................................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax assets .................................................................................................     
Less valuation allowance ................................................................................................     
Less netting of unrecognized tax benefits against deferred tax assets ............................     
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance ..............................................................   $ 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Depreciation and amortization ............................................................................................     
Other comprehensive income .............................................................................................     
Other ...................................................................................................................................     
Total deferred tax liabilities ............................................................................................     
Total net deferred tax assets ........................................................................................   $ 

January 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

367    $ 
1,590      
18,583      
3,493      
10,337      
1,849      
1,164      
206      
4,380      
1,243      
43,212      
(33,665)     
(930)     
8,617    $ 

(442)     
—      
(231)     
(673)     
7,944    $ 

356  
2,033  
13,116  
3,465  
10,255  
1,695  
—  
322  
5,399  
2,039  
38,680  
(29,868) 
(954) 
7,858  

(630) 
(1,009) 
(53) 
(1,692) 
6,166  

74 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
   
 
 
The Company reviews its net deferred tax assets by jurisdiction on a quarterly basis to determine whether a valuation allowance 
is necessary based on the more-likely-than-not standard. Management assessed historic, current and future financial projections by 
jurisdiction to draw its conclusion.  During fiscal 2017, a valuation allowance for U.S. federal and state deferred income tax assets 
was established due to a U.S. three-year cumulative loss, a projected loss, future earmarked investment necessary to transition the 
business  to  cloud,  and  a  significant  drop  in  the  California  apportionment  percentage.  In  fiscal  2018,  Management  continued  to 
conclude the Company’s U.S. federal and state deferred income tax assets are not likely to be realized. If and when the Company’s 
operating performance improves on a sustained basis, the conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, 
resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. At January 31, 2018 and 2017, the valuation allowance 
attributable to deferred tax assets was $33.7 million and $29.9 million, respectively. 

The Company has gross net operating loss carryforwards of $36.7 million and tax credit carryforwards of $20.2 million as of 
January 31, 2018. The majority of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards do not expire. The Company’s tax credits are 
comprised of foreign tax credits that will begin to expire in fiscal year 2028, U.S. R&D credits that will begin to expire in 2038 and 
Australian and California R&D tax credits that do not expire. 

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2018, the Company decreased its reserves for uncertain tax positions by $0.1 million. 
Interest and penalties on accrued but unpaid taxes are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income as income tax expense. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits that may be recognized in the next twelve months 
is classified as short-term in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet while the remainder is classified as long-term. 

The following table reconciles the gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the period:  

Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the year .............................................................    $ 
Decreases as a result of tax positions taken in a prior period ...........................................      
Increases as a result of tax positions taken in the prior period .........................................      
Reduction as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations .............................................      
Unrecognized tax benefit at end of year ...............................................................................    $ 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
2018 

(in thousands) 
1,743     $ 
(115 )     
58       
(24 )     
1,662     $ 

1,545   
(79 ) 
365   
(88 ) 
1,743   

All of the unrecognized tax benefits included in the balance sheet at January 31, 2018 would impact the effective tax rate on 

income from continuing operations, if recognized. 

The total amount of interest recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for 
unpaid  taxes  was  $39,000  for  the  year  ended  January  31,  2018.  The  total  amount  of  interest  and  penalties  recognized  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 31, 2018 was $0.3 million. 

The Company files U.S. federal, state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statute of limitations. The 
years that may be subject to examination will vary by jurisdiction. Below is a list of our material jurisdictions and the years open 
for audit as of fiscal 2018: 

Years Open for Audit 

Jurisdiction 
U.S. Federal .................................................................................  FY15 and beyond 
California ....................................................................................  FY14 and beyond 
Michigan .....................................................................................  FY14 and beyond 
New Jersey ..................................................................................  FY14 and beyond 
Australia ......................................................................................  FY14 and beyond 
France ..........................................................................................  FY15 and beyond 
India ............................................................................................  FY10, FY11, FY13, and FY14 
Ireland .........................................................................................  FY14 and beyond 
United Kingdom ..........................................................................  FY17 and beyond 

75 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
4. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Common Stock 

The Company has two classes of common stock. Each share of Class B Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote and each 
share of Class A Common Stock entitles the holder to 1/20th of one vote. On all matters, the Class A Common Stock and the Class 
B Common Stock will vote as a single class, except as otherwise required by applicable law or the articles of incorporation. Neither 
the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock are convertible into the other, unless either or both classes becomes 
subject to exclusion from the principal national securities exchange on which such securities are traded, in which case all outstanding 
shares of Class A Common Stock may be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock on a share-for-share basis by resolution 
of the Board of Directors. There are no restrictions on the transferability of either class. 

The amount of any dividend payable in cash or non-cash property of the Company (other than a dividend payable solely in the 
Company’s capital stock) with respect to each share of Class A Common Stock is equal to 120% of the value of any such dividend 
payable with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, except for dividends declared for the purpose of distributing all or some 
of the proceeds received by the Company from any transaction determined by the Board to be a material transaction not in the 
ordinary course of business or for the purpose of effecting a spin-off of a subsidiary of the Company (in either case, such dividend 
will be paid ratably, on a per share basis, to all holders of Common Stock). 

Dividends 

The following table sets forth the dividends declared and paid by the Company during fiscal 2018: 

Record Date 

Declaration Date 
12/12/2017 .................. 12/26/2017 ................... 1/4/2018 ......................   $ 
9/12/2017 .................... 9/26/2017 ..................... 10/3/2017 ....................   $ 
6/13/2017 .................... 6/27/2017 ..................... 7/6/2017 ......................   $ 
4/11/2017 .................... 4/25/2017 ..................... 5/2/2017 ......................   $ 

Payable 

0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 
0.072     $ 

     (in thousands)    
1,346  
1,346  
1,344  
1,331  

0.06    $ 
0.06    $ 
0.06    $ 
0.06    $ 

Dividend 
Class A 

Dividend 
Class B 

5. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

Stock Plans 

On  June  14,  2016,  the  stockholders  approved  the  QAD  Inc.  2016  Stock  Incentive  Program  (“2016  Program”).  The  2016 
Program allows for equity awards in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted shares, rights to 
purchase stock, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and other stock rights. The stockholders authorized a maximum of 4,000,000 
shares  to  be  issued  under  the  2016  Program.  Prior  to  July  1,  2016,  stock  awards  were  issued  under  the  QAD  Inc.  2006  Stock 
Incentive Program. As of January 31, 2018, 3,321,000 Class A Common Shares were available for issuance. 

The  Company  issues  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”)  to  employees  with  the  exception  of  the  CEO  and  President  of  the 
Company. RSUs granted to employees under the 2016 Program and 2006 Program are generally released 25% after each year of 
service for four years and are contingent upon employment with the Company on the release date. Stock-based compensation is 
typically issued out of treasury shares. At January 31, 2018, there were 281,000 RSUs of Class A Common Stock outstanding under 
the 2016 Program and 372,000 RSUs of Class A Common Stock outstanding under the 2006 Program. 

The Company also issues equity awards in the form of stock-settled SARs to the CEO and President of the Company. A SAR 
is a contractual right to receive value tied to the post-grant appreciation of the underlying stock. Although the Company has the 
ability to grant stock-settled or cash-settled SARs, the Company has only granted stock-settled SARs. Upon vesting, a holder of a 
stock-settled SAR receives shares in the Company’s common stock equal to the intrinsic value of the SAR at time of exercise. Under 
the 2006 Program, SARs have generally been granted for a term of eight years, they generally vest 25% after each year of service 
for  four  years  and  are  contingent  upon  employment  with  the  Company  on  the  vesting  date.  Economically,  a  stock-settled  SAR 
provides the same compensation value as a stock option, but the employee is not required to pay an exercise price upon exercise of 
the SAR. Stock compensation expense, as required under ASC 718, is the same for stock-settled SARs and stock options. At January 
31, 2018, there were 380,000 SARs to purchase Class A Common Stock under the 2016 Program. At January 31, 2018, there were 
2,276,000  and  368,000  SARs  to  purchase  Class  A  Common  Stock  and  Class  B  Common  Stock,  under  the  2006  Program, 
respectively.  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Equity  compensation  is  also  issued  to  non-employee  Board  members  that  are  newly-appointed  or  reelected  at  the  Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders.  They are granted Class A shares as stock payments that are fully vested on the date of grant.  Equity 
awards to non-employee Board members are limited to $250,000 per year, as determined for the Company’s financial accounting 
purposes as of the date of grant.  

Under  the  2016  Program,  officers,  directors,  employees,  consultants  and  other  independent  contractors  or  agents  of  the 
Company or subsidiaries of the Company who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth or profitability of its 
business are eligible for selection by the program administrators to participate. However, incentive stock options granted under the 
2016 Program may only be granted to a person who is an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries. 

Stock- Based Compensation 

The following table sets forth reported stock compensation expense included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of 

Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Stock-based compensation expense: 

Cost of subscription .............................................................................   $ 
Cost of maintenance and other revenue ...............................................     
Cost of professional services ...............................................................     
Sales and marketing .............................................................................     
Research and development ..................................................................     
General and administrative ..................................................................     
Total stock-based compensation expense ................................................   $ 

RSU Information 

Years Ended January 31, 

2018 

2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

161    $ 
384      
1,085      
1,510      
1,226      
4,558      
8,924    $ 

113     $ 
299       
848       
1,200       
1,009       
3,854       
7,323     $ 

76   
271   
739   
1,377   
900   
4,077   
7,440   

The following table summarizes the activity for RSUs for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

RSUs 

(in thousands)      

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value   

Restricted stock at January 31, 2015 ......................................................................................     
Granted ...............................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ........................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .............................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2016 ......................................................................................     
Granted ...............................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ........................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .............................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2017 ......................................................................................     
Granted ...............................................................................................................................     
Released (1) ........................................................................................................................     
Forfeited .............................................................................................................................     
Restricted stock at January 31, 2018 ......................................................................................     

503    $ 
326      
(192)     
(20)     
617    $ 
307      
(259)     
(42)     
623    $ 
295      
(245)     
(20)     
653    $ 

16.27  
24.75  
15.58  
18.93  
20.91  
18.54  
18.96  
20.69  
20.56  
30.69  
20.48  
22.36  
25.10  

(1)  The number of RSUs released includes shares withheld on behalf of employees to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding
requirements. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company withheld 74,000 shares, 75,000
shares and 52,000 shares, respectively, for payment of these taxes. The value of the withheld shares for the fiscal years ended
January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $2.4 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million, respectively. 

77 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs was approximately $12.5 million as of January 31, 2018. This cost is 

expected to be recognized over a period of approximately 2.7 years. 

SAR Information 

The weighted average assumptions used to value SARs are shown in the following table. 

Expected life in years ..............................................................................     
Risk free interest rate ...............................................................................     
Volatility .................................................................................................     
Dividend rate ...........................................................................................     

5.50       
1.82%     
33%     
0.91%     

5.25       
1.16%     
36%     
1.51%     

5.00  
1.64%
41%
1.10%

The following table summarizes the activity for outstanding SARs for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Options/ 
SARs 

(in thousands)      

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price per 
Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term (years)       

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 
(in thousands)   

Outstanding at January 31, 2015 ................................      
Granted ...................................................................      
Exercised ................................................................      
Expired ...................................................................      
Forfeited .................................................................      
Outstanding at January 31, 2016 ................................      
Granted ...................................................................      
Exercised ................................................................      
Expired ...................................................................      
Forfeited .................................................................      
Outstanding at January 31, 2017 ................................      
Granted ...................................................................      
Exercised ................................................................      
Expired ...................................................................      
Outstanding at January 31, 2018 ................................      
Vested and exercisable at January 31, 2018 ...........      

2,499      $ 
380        
(266)      
(12)      
(5)      
2,596      $ 
380        
(158)      
(17)      
(8)      
2,793      $ 
380        
(139)      
(10)      
3,024      $ 
2,073      $ 

12.69        
25.34        
10.69        
14.22        
12.05        
14.74        
18.64        
10.94        
12.56        
12.09        
15.51        
31.65        
10.52        
9.74        
17.78        
14.25        

4.0      $ 
2.9      $ 

72,901  
57,045  

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between 
the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock based on the last trading day as of January 31, 2018 and the exercise price 
for in-the-money SARs) that would have been received by the holders if all SARs had been exercised on January 31, 2018. The 
total intrinsic value of SARs exercised in the years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $3.0 million, $2.1 million and $3.7 
million, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of SARs granted in the years ended January 31, 2018, 
2017 and 2016 was $9.59, $5.43 and $8.70, respectively. 

The number of SARs exercised includes shares withheld on behalf of employees to satisfy minimum statutory tax withholding 
requirements. During the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company withheld shares 31,000, 25,000 and 
44,000 shares for payment of these taxes. The value of the withheld shares for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016 were $1.0 million, $0.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively. 

At January 31, 2018, there was approximately $5.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested SARs. 

This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years. 

78 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
         
   
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
6. DEFERRED REVENUES 

Deferred revenues consisted of the following: 

Deferred maintenance ............................................................................................................   $ 
Deferred subscription .............................................................................................................     
Deferred professional services  ..............................................................................................     
Deferred license .....................................................................................................................     
Deferred other revenue ...........................................................................................................     
Deferred revenues, current .....................................................................................................     
Deferred revenues, non-current (in Other liabilities)..............................................................     
Total deferred revenues ..........................................................................................................   $ 

January 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
80,811    $ 
31,034      
3,523      
756      
569      
116,693      
2,156      
118,849    $ 

78,923  
20,389  
2,550  
1,740  
523  
104,125  
2,353  
106,478  

Deferred maintenance and subscription represent billings and customer payments made in advance for support and subscription 
contracts. Support and subscription are billed in advance with corresponding revenues being recognized ratably over the support 
and subscription periods. Support is typically billed annually while subscription is billed quarterly or annually. Deferred license 
results  from  undelivered  products  or  specified  enhancements,  customer  specific  acceptance  provisions  and  software  license 
transactions  that  cannot  be  segmented  from  undelivered  consulting  or  other  services.  Deferred  professional  services  revenues 
represent both prepayments for our professional services where revenues for these services are generally recognized as the Company 
completes the performance obligations for the prepaid services and services already provided but deferred due to software revenue 
recognition rules. 

7. OTHER BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS 

Other current assets ........................................................................................................................       
Deferred cost of revenues ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Prepaid expenses ............................................................................................................................     
Income tax receivable, net of payables ...........................................................................................     
Other ..............................................................................................................................................     
  $ 
Other assets, net .............................................................................................................................       
Other intangibles, net .....................................................................................................................   $ 
Long-term deposits and prepaid expenses ......................................................................................     
Fair value of interest rate swap ......................................................................................................     
Other long-term assets....................................................................................................................     
  $ 
Accounts payable ...........................................................................................................................       
Trade payables ...............................................................................................................................   $ 
VAT payable ..................................................................................................................................     
  $ 
Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................................       
Accrued commissions and bonus ...................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued compensated absences .....................................................................................................     
Other accrued payroll .....................................................................................................................     
Accrued professional fees ..............................................................................................................     
Accrued travel ................................................................................................................................     
Accrued contract labor ...................................................................................................................     
Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................................     
  $ 
Other liabilities ...............................................................................................................................       
Long-term deferred revenue ...........................................................................................................   $ 
Fair value of interest rate swap ......................................................................................................     
Long-term tax contingency reserve ................................................................................................     
Lease restoration obligations ..........................................................................................................     
Other ..............................................................................................................................................     
  $ 

79 

January 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

8,330    $ 
5,847      
213      
1,466      
15,856    $ 

—    $ 
2,463      
187      
405      
3,055    $ 

9,346    $ 
5,472      
14,818    $ 

18,039    $ 
9,177      
6,038      
1,884      
1,839      
2,655      
3,828      
43,460    $ 

2,156    $ 
—      
688      
859      
1,736      
5,439    $ 

8,194  
4,879  
928  
1,350  
15,351  

415  
1,323  
—  
950  
2,688  

7,392  
3,924  
11,316  

13,449  
8,346  
4,477  
1,709  
1,304  
812  
3,539  
33,636  

2,353  
190  
764  
736  
871  
4,914  

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
        
  
  
  
8. DEBT 

Note payable..........................................................................................................................   $ 
Less current maturities ..........................................................................................................     
Less loan origination costs, net .............................................................................................     
Long-term debt ......................................................................................................................   $ 

Note Payable 

January 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 
13,825    $ 
(466)     
(46)     
13,313    $ 

14,269  
(446) 
(56) 
13,767  

Effective May 30, 2012, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into a variable rate credit agreement (the “2012 Mortgage”) with 
Rabobank, N.A., to refinance a pre-existing mortgage. The 2012 Mortgage has an original principal balance of $16.1 million and 
bears interest at the one month LIBOR rate plus 2.25%. One month LIBOR was 1.56 % at January 31, 2018. The 2012 Mortgage 
matures in June 2022 and is secured by the Company’s headquarters located in Santa Barbara, California. In conjunction with the 
2012 Mortgage, QAD Ortega Hill, LLC entered into an interest rate swap with Rabobank, N.A. The swap agreement has an initial 
notional amount of $16.1 million and a schedule matching that of the underlying loan that synthetically fixes the interest rate on the 
debt at 4.31% for the entire term of the 2012 Mortgage. The terms of the 2012 Mortgage provide for QAD Ortega Hill, LLC to 
make net monthly payments of $88,100 consisting of principal and interest and one final payment of $11.7 million. The unpaid 
balance as of January 31, 2018 was $13.8 million. 

The Company had a U.S. line of credit facility with Rabobank that permitted unsecured short-term borrowings of up to $20 
million. The Company did not draw on the line of credit during any of the last three fiscal years. The line of credit expired in July, 
2017 and was not renewed. 

9. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of taxes, were as follows: 

Foreign Currency  
Translation  
Adjustments 
(in thousands) 

Balance as of January 31, 2017 ........................................................................................................................   $ 
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications ...........................................................................................     
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss .................................................................     
Net current period other comprehensive loss ...................................................................................................     
Balance as of January 31, 2018 ........................................................................................................................   $ 

(8,631) 
1,803  
—  
1,803  
(6,828) 

During fiscal 2018 there were no reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive loss. 

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The  Company  has  a  defined  contribution  401(k)  plan  which  is  available  to  U.S.  employees  after  30  days  of  employment. 
Employees may contribute up to the maximum allowable by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company voluntarily matches 75% of 
the employees’ contributions up to the first four percent of the employee’s eligible compensation. In addition, the Company can 
make  additional  contributions  at  the  discretion  of  the  board  of  directors.  Participants  are  immediately  vested  in  their  employee 
contributions. Employer contributions vest over a five-year period. The Company’s contributions for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 
2016 were $2.2 million, $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively. 

Various QAD foreign subsidiaries also contribute to defined contribution pension plans. Employer contributions in these plans 
are generally based on employee salary and range from 3% to 20%. These plans are funded at various times throughout the year 
according to plan provisions, with aggregate employer contributions of $5.3 million for fiscal 2018 and $4.8 million for each of the 
fiscal years 2017 and 2016. 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Lease Obligations 

The Company leases certain office facilities, office equipment and automobiles under operating lease agreements. The leases 
generally provide that the Company pays taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to the leased assets. Total rent expense 
for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $4.9 million, $4.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Future minimum rental payments 

80 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
under non-cancelable operating lease commitments with terms of more than one year as of January 31, 2018 are as follows (in 
millions): 

2019 .......................................................................................................................................................................   $ 
2020 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2021 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2022 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
2023 .......................................................................................................................................................................     
Thereafter ..............................................................................................................................................................     
  $ 

6.0   
4.3   
2.5   
0.8   
0.5   
0.2   
14.3   

Purchase Obligations 

At January 31, 2018, the Company had $13.0 million of other non-cancelable contractual obligations, related to the purchase 

of goods and services not included in the table above. 

Indemnifications 

The Company sells software licenses and services to its customers under written agreements. Each agreement contains the 
relevant terms  of the contractual arrangement with the customer and generally includes certain provisions  for indemnifying the 
customer against losses, expenses and liabilities from damages that may be awarded against the customer in the event the Company’s 
software is found to infringe upon certain intellectual property rights of a third party. The agreements generally limit the scope of 
and remedies for such indemnification obligations in a variety of industry-standard respects. 

The Company believes its internal development processes and other policies and practices limit its exposure related to the 
indemnification provisions of the agreements. For several reasons, including the lack of prior indemnification claims and the lack 
of a monetary liability limit for certain infringement cases under the agreements, the Company cannot determine the maximum 
amount of potential future payments, if any, related to such indemnification provisions. 

Legal Actions 

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary 
course of business. While the outcome of these claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the 
outcome of any of these legal  matters will have a  material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, 
financial position or liquidity. 

12. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The Company markets its products and services worldwide, primarily to companies in the manufacturing industry, including 
automotive, consumer products, food and beverage, high technology, industrial products and life sciences industries. The Company 
sells and licenses its products through its direct sales force in four geographic regions: North America; Europe, the Middle East and 
Africa  (“EMEA”);  Asia  Pacific;  and  Latin  America  and  through  distributors  where  third  parties  can  extend  sales  reach  more 
effectively or efficiently. The North America region includes the United States and Canada. The EMEA region includes Europe, 
the Middle East and Africa. The Asia Pacific region includes Asia and Australia. The Latin America region includes South America, 
Central  America  and  Mexico.  The  Company’s  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  reviews  the 
consolidated results within one operating segment. 

Subscription,  license  and  maintenance  revenues  are  generally  assigned  to  the  region  where  a  majority  of  the  end  users are 

located. Services revenue is assigned based on the region where the services are delivered. 

Property and equipment, net are assigned by geographic region based on the location of each legal entity. 

Revenue: 
North America (1) ...................................................................................   $ 
EMEA .....................................................................................................     
Asia Pacific .............................................................................................     
Latin America ..........................................................................................     
  $ 

141,614    $ 
89,693      
50,689      
23,022      
305,018    $ 

129,436     $ 
81,765       
47,742       
19,030       
277,973     $ 

127,776   
84,268   
46,457   
19,351   
277,852   

2018 

Years Ended January 31, 
2017 
(in thousands) 

2016 

81 

 
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
Property and equipment, net: 
North America ........................................................................................................................   $ 
EMEA ....................................................................................................................................     
Asia Pacific ............................................................................................................................     
Latin America .........................................................................................................................     
  $ 

January 31, 

2018 

2017 

(in thousands) 

25,546    $ 
3,444      
1,141      
277      
30,408    $ 

26,601  
2,861  
1,075  
335  
30,872  

(1)  Sales into Canada accounted for 2% of North America total revenue for each of the fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

13. QUARTERLY INFORMATION (Unaudited) 

Quarters Ended 

   April 30 

July 31 

     Oct. 31 

Jan. 31 

(in thousands, except per share data) 

Fiscal 2018 

Total revenue .................................................................................    $ 
Total costs and expenses................................................................      
Gross margin .................................................................................      
Operating (loss) income.................................................................      
Net loss ..........................................................................................      
Basic net loss per share 

Class A .......................................................................................    $ 
Class B .......................................................................................      

Diluted net loss per share 

Class A .......................................................................................    $ 
Class B .......................................................................................      

Fiscal 2017 

Total revenue .................................................................................    $ 
Total costs and expenses................................................................      
Gross margin .................................................................................      
Operating (loss) income.................................................................      
Net (loss) income ...........................................................................      
Basic net (loss) income per share 

Class A .......................................................................................    $ 
Class B .......................................................................................      

Diluted net (loss) income per share 

Class A .......................................................................................    $ 
Class B .......................................................................................      

71,382    $ 
72,741      
36,516      
(1,359)     
(2,571)     

(0.14)   $ 
(0.12)     

(0.14)   $ 
(0.12)     

65,397    $ 
68,390      
33,259      
(2,993)     
(2,792)     

(0.15)   $ 
(0.13)     

(0.15)   $ 
(0.13)     

75,958    $ 
75,415      
39,264      
543      
(1,161)     

(0.06)   $ 
(0.05)     

(0.06)   $ 
(0.05)     

69,778    $ 
69,816      
36,974      
(38)     
968      

0.05    $ 
0.04      

0.05    $ 
0.04      

76,925    $ 
76,495      
38,879      
430      
(161)     

(0.01)   $ 
(0.01)     

(0.01)   $ 
(0.01)     

80,753  
83,441  
40,934  
(2,688) 
(5,172) 

(0.28) 
(0.23) 

(0.28) 
(0.23) 

69,534    $ 
67,275      
36,477      
2,259      
1,533      

73,264  
69,128  
40,412  
4,136  
(15,159) 

0.08    $ 
0.07      

0.08    $ 
0.07      

(0.82) 
(0.68) 

(0.82) 
(0.68) 

82 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
       
       
       
   
    
       
       
       
   
      
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
  
    
       
       
       
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
SCHEDULE II 
SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
(in thousands) 

Balance at 
Beginning 
of Period      

Charged to 
Statements 
of Income      

Write-Offs, 
Net of 

Recoveries     

Impact of 
Foreign 
Currency 
Translation     

Balance at 
End of 
Period 

Year ended January 31, 2016 
Allowance for bad debt ............................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..............................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .....................   $ 
Year ended January 31, 2017 
Allowance for bad debt ............................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..............................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .....................   $ 
Year ended January 31, 2018 
Allowance for bad debt ............................................     
Allowance for sales adjustments ..............................     
Total allowance for doubtful accounts .....................   $ 

1,194      
1,330      
2,524    $ 

1,242      
1,400      
2,642    $ 

1,090      
1,115      
2,205    $ 

78      
696      
774    $ 

40      
197      
237    $ 

(5)     
(555)     
(560)   $ 

(184)     
(472)     
(656)   $ 

98      
923      
1,021    $ 

(834)     
(733)     
(1,567)   $ 

(25)     
(71)     
(96)   $ 

(8)     
(10)     
(18)   $ 

42      
62      
104    $ 

1,242  
1,400  
2,642  

1,090  
1,115  
2,205  

396  
1,367  
1,763  

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm. 

83 

 
  
  
  
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on April 13, 2018. 

SIGNATURES 

QAD Inc. 

By:  /s/ Daniel Lender 
Daniel Lender 
Chief Financial Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on 

behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated. 

Signature 

/s/ PAMELA M. LOPKER 
Pamela M. Lopker 

/s/ KARL F. LOPKER 
Karl F. Lopker 

/s/ DANIEL LENDER 
Daniel Lender 

/s/ KARA BELLAMY 
Kara Bellamy 

/s/ SCOTT ADELSON 
Scott Adelson 

/s/ PETER R. VAN CUYLENBURG 
Peter R. van Cuylenburg 

/s/ LEE ROBERTS 
Lee Roberts 

Title 

Date 

   Chairman of the Board, President 

   April 13, 2018 

   Director, Chief Executive Officer 
   (Principal Executive Officer) 

   April 13, 2018 

   Executive Vice President, 
   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 

   April 13, 2018 

   Sr. Vice President, Corporate Controller 
   (Chief Accounting Officer) 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   April 13, 2018 

   April 13, 2018 

   April 13, 2018 

   April 13, 2018 

84 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
INDEX OF EXHIBITS 

EXHIBIT 
NUMBER    

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

EXHIBIT TITLE 
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 15, 
2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 
31, 2011) 

  Revised Bylaws of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on December 13, 

2013) 

  Specimen Class A and Class B Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Annual

Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2011) 

10.1 

  QAD Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on

Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-137417)) 

10.1(a) 

  Forms of Agreement for QAD Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(a) of the Registrant’s 

Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009) 

10.2 

  Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  with  Directors  and  Executive  Officers  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  of  the

Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333- 28441))† 

10.3 

  Executive Termination Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 

the quarter ended April 30, 2011)† 

10.4 

  Change in Control Policy (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 

quarter ended April 30, 2011)† 

10.4(a) 

  Change in Control Agreement for Karl Lopker (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

10.4(b) 

  Change in Control Agreement for Pam Lopker (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

10.4(c) 

  Change in Control Agreement for Daniel Lender (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7(a) of the Registrant’s Annual Report

on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009)† 

10.5 

  Offer letter between the Registrant and Daniel Lender dated October 10, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 of the 

Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2008)† 

10.6 

  Acknowledgement between the Registrant and Daniel Lender dated October 10, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3

of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2011)† 

10.7 

  Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit

10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

10.7(a) 

  Promissory Note between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit

10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

10.7(b) 

  Disbursement Request and Authorization between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 8, 2011 (Incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 14, 2011) 

10.7(c) 

  First Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of July 13, 2012 (Incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2012) 

10.7(d) 

  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank N.A. effective as of July 11, 2014 (Incorporated

by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2014) 

10.8 

  Credit Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

10.8(a) 

  Real Estate Term Loan Note between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by reference

to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

10.8(b) 

  Deed of Trust between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 

of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

85 

 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER 

EXHIBIT TITLE 

10.8(c) 

  ISDA 2002 Master Agreement between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of May 30, 2012 (Incorporated by reference

to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

10.8(d) 

  ISDA  Schedule  to  the  2002  Master  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Rabobank,  N.A.  effective  as  of  May  30,  2012

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

10.8(e) 

  Confirmation of a Swap Transaction between the Registrant and Rabobank, N.A. effective as of June 4, 2012 (Incorporated by

reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2012) 

10.9    

  2016  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  A  of  the  Company’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the

Registrant’s 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed on Schedule 14A on April 29, 2016). † 

10.9(a) 

  Form  of  Stock  Rights  Agreement  under  the  2016  Stock  Incentive  Program  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the

Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016). † 

10.9(b)      

   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of

the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016). † 

10.9(c)      

  Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement under the 2016 Stock Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4

of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2016). † 

10.10 

  Offer letter between the Registrant and Anton Chilton, dated March 7, 2017 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the

Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2017)† 

10.11 

21.1 

23.1 

31.1 

  Partner  Agreement  between  the  Registrant    and  Progress  Software  Corporation  dated  February  1,  2007,  as  amended  by  First
Amendment to Partner Agreement dated October 30, 2007, Second Amendment to Partner Agreement dated January 30, 2008,
SaaS Amendment to Partner Agreement dated May 6, 2008, Third Amendment to Partner Agreement dated July 31, 2008, Savvion
Amendment to Partner Agreement dated February 15, 2011, Sixth Amendment to Partner Agreement dated May 16, 2014, Seventh
Amendment to Partner Agreement dated July 29, 2014, Eighth Amendment to Partner Agreement dated January 11, 2016, and
Ninth Amendment to Partner Agreement dated January 22, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s
Form 10-K/A filed on June 30, 2017.  Filed in redacted form as confidential treatment as to certain portions of such exhibit has
been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and was separately filed with the SEC.). 

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant*  

  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm* 

  Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant

to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

31.2 

  Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant

to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

32.1 

  Certification  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  furnished  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as

adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002* 

101.INS 

  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE 

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

(*) 

Indicates the document is filed herewith. 

(†) 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit. 

86 

 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
Exhibit 21.1 

QAD Inc. 

LIST OF REGISTRANT’S SUBSIDIARIES 
(all 100% owned) 

Subsidiary Name. 
QAD Australia Pty. Limited 
QAD Europe NV/SA 
QAD (Bermuda) Ltd. 
QAD Brasil Ltda. 
QAD Canada ULC 
QAD China Ltd. 
QAD Europe s.r.o. 
QAD Europe S.A.S. 
DynaSys S.A.S.  
QAD Europe GmbH 
QAD Asia Limited 
QAD India Private Limited 
Precision Software Limited 
QAD Ireland Limited 
QAD Europe (Ireland) Limited 
QAD Italy S.r.l. 
QAD Korea Limited 
QAD Mexicana, S.A. de C.V. 
QAD Sistemas Integrados Servicios de Consultoria, S.A. de C.V. 
QAD EMEA Holdings B.V. 
QAD Europe B.V. 
QAD Netherlands B.V. 
QAD Polska Sp. z o.o. 
QAD Lusitana Europe — Software e Servicos, Unipessoal, Limitada 
QAD Singapore Private Limited 
QAD Software South Africa (Proprietary) Limited 
QAD Europe S.L. 
QAD Europe SA/AG  
QAD (Thailand) Ltd. 
QAD Europe Limited 
QAD United Kingdom Limited 
QAD Brazil, Inc. 
QAD Holdings Inc. 
QAD Japan Inc. 
QAD Ortega Hill, LLC 

Country of 
Organization 

Australia 
Belgium 
Bermuda 
Brazil 
Canada 
China 
Czech Republic 
France 
France 
Germany 
Hong Kong 
India 
Ireland 
Ireland 
Ireland 
Italy 
Korea 
Mexico 
Mexico 
Netherlands 
Netherlands 
Netherlands 
Poland 
Portugal 
Singapore 
South Africa 
Spain 
Switzerland 
Thailand 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
USA 
USA 
USA 
USA 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Exhibit 23.1 

The Board of Directors 
QAD Inc.: 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-212435, 333-160125, and 333-137417) 
on  Form  S-8  and  (No.  333-198779)  on  Form  S-3  of  QAD  Inc.  of  our  report  dated  April  13,  2018,  with  respect  to  the 
consolidated balance sheets of QAD Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year  period  ended  January  31,  2018,  and  the  related  notes  and  financial  statement  schedule  II  (collectively,  the 
consolidated financial statements), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2018, 
which report appears in the January 31, 2018 annual report on Form 10-K of QAD Inc. 

Los Angeles, California 
April 13, 2018 

 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Karl F. Lopker, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of QAD Inc.; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) ) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 
a)  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; 

b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles; 

c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  Registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  Registrant’s  board  of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: April 13, 2018 

/s/ KARL F. LOPKER                 
Karl F. Lopker 
Chief Executive Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS UNDER 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Daniel Lender, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of QAD Inc.; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, 
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3. Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(e) and 15(d)-15(e) ) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the Registrant and have: 
a)  designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  Registrant,  including  its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

b)  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. 

c)  evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report
our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

d)  disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred 
during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal
control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  Registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  Registrant’s  board  of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 

the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: April 13, 2018 

/s/ DANIEL LENDER                        
Daniel Lender 
Chief Financial Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32.1 

In connection with the Annual Report of QAD Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending January 31, 2018 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Karl F. Lopker, Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company. 

Date: April 13, 2018  

 /s/ KARL F. LOPKER       

   Karl F. Lopker 

Chief Executive Officer 
QAD Inc. 

In connection with the Annual Report of QAD Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending January 31, 2018 
as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Daniel Lender, Chief Financial 
Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002, that to my knowledge: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company. 

Date: April 13, 2018  

/s/ DANIEL LENDER 

   Daniel Lender                          

Chief Financial Officer 
QAD Inc. 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
                                                         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
CO R PO RATE INFORMATION

E X E C U T I V E   O F F I C E R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

B OA R D   O F   D I R E C TO R S
Pamela M. Lopker
Chairman of the Board  
and President

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Karl F. Lopker
Chief Executive Officer

Daniel Lender
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

Anton Chilton
Executive Vice President,
Chief, Global Field 
Operations

Kara L. Bellamy
Senior Vice President,  
Corporate Controller,  
and Chief Accounting Officer

Scott J. Adelson
Senior Managing Director, 
Co-President 
Houlihan Lokey

Peter R. van Cuylenburg
Independent advisor to  
high-technology companies

Lee D. Roberts
President and CEO,  
BlueWater Consulting, LLC

N O R T H   A M E R I C A 
LO C AT I O N S
California 
Georgia 
Illinois 
Michigan 
New Jersey

A S I A   PAC I F I C 
LO C AT I O N S
Australia 
China 
India 
Japan 
Singapore 
Thailand

E U R O P E ,   M I D D L E 
E A S T   A N D   A F R I C A 
LO C AT I O N S
Belgium 
France  
Germany 
Ireland 
Italy 
Netherlands 
Poland 
Spain 
United Kingdom

L AT I N   A M E R I C A 
LO C AT I O N S
Brazil 
Mexico

I N D E P E N D E N T   R E G I S T E R E D   
P U B L I C   AC C O U N T I N G   F I R M
KPMG LLP 
Los Angeles, California

L E G A L   C O U N S E L
Manatt, Phelps & Phillips LLP 
Los Angeles, California

I N V E S TO R   R E L AT I O N S
PondelWilkinson Inc. 
Los Angeles, California 
Tel: 310.279.5980

T R A N S F E R   AG E N T / R E G I S T R A R
American Stock Transfer & Trust 
Brooklyn, New York 
Tel: 718.921.8124

S TO C K   I N F O R M AT I O N
The company’s common stock trades 
on the NASDAQ Global Select Market 
under the symbols QADA and QADB. 

A N N UA L   R E P O R T   O N   F O R M   1 0 - K 
A copy of the company’s annual 
report to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on Form 10-K is available 
without charge upon request to 
the company’s Investor Relations 
department or from the company’s 
website at www.qad.com.

A N N UA L   M E E T I N G
The annual meeting of stockholders 
will be held on June 11, 2018 at 8:00 
a.m. PDT at QAD Inc., 100 Innovation 
Place, Santa Barbara, California 93108. 
Tel: 805.566.6000. 

QA D C ORPORATE 
HEA DQUARTERS

100 Innovation Place 
Santa Barbara, California 93108           
Tel: 805.566.6000  
www.qad.com

 
 
 
 
 
© 2018 QAD INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.